Classification System and the Engineering Geology Field Manual by the U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Reclamation, respectively. The approximate locations of the borings are depicted on Figure 2 and descriptive exploration logs are presented in Appendix A.
Associated with the subsurface exploration was the collection of bulk and relatively undisturbed samples of the soil materials for laboratory testing. The relatively undisturbed samples were obtained using a 3-inch, outside diameter, modified California split-spoon soil sampler lined with 1-inch high brass ring liners that were driven into the ground by repetitive drops of a hand operated drop hammer. The central portion of the driven core samples were placed in sealed containers and transported to our laboratory for testing.
LABORATORY TESTING
To evaluate the engineering properties of site soils, several laboratory tests were performed on selected samples considered representative of the near surface soils encountered during our investigation.
Laboratory tests included the determination of maximum dry density and optimum moisture content, expansion index, Atterberg analysis, soluble sulfate and chloride content, pH and minimum resistivity, and direct shear analysis. In-place moisture content and unit dry density were also determined for select samples of the soil samples retrieved. A description of laboratory test procedures and summaries of the test data are presented in Appendix B and in our exploration logs (Appendix A). An evaluation of the test data is reflected throughout the “Conclusions and Recommendations” section of this report.
Regional Geology
The subject site is located at the western end of the Los Angeles Basin, a northwest trending, alluviated lowland situated at the north end of the Peninsular Ranges geomorphic province of coastal southern California. This basin, which is the surface expression of a deep structural trough, has been subdivided into four primary structural blocks distinguished from one another by contrasting basement rock types and stratigraphy. These structural blocks are generally separated by zones of faulting along which movement has been occurring intermittently since middle Miocene time (Yerkes and others, 1965). The site is located on the southwest side of the Central Block of the Los Angeles Basin, a wedge-shaped area that extends from the Santa Monica Mountains at its northwest end to the San Joaquin Hills at its southeast end.
Local Geology and Subsurface Soil Conditions
Undocumented artificial fill was generally observed to a total depth of approximately 2 to 2.5-feet below the existing surface. Deeper fill was noted in our boring P-1 to a depth of 5 feet, which appeared to be an area where a tree root ball was previously removed and backfilled. Artificial fill (af) consisted of clay and BGB DESIGN GROUP September 26, 2023
Rowley Park / Gardena J.N. 23-161-PW
silty sand. These soils were typically moist, loose or soft, and dark brown in color. Native soils classified as young alluvium deposits (Qya) were observed underlying the artificial fill to the maximum depth explored (11 feet). The alluvium was characterized primarily as interbedded layers of silty sand, silty sandy clay, clayey sand and clay. The alluvium was typically moist, firm or medium-dense, and gray, brown, and light-brown in color.
Groundwater
Groundwater was not encountered in our borings to a depth of 11 feet below the ground surface. Based on the Seismic Hazard Zone Report for the area, the historical high groundwater depth would be on the order of 30 feet (CDMG 1998). However, a review of Geotracker for nearby monitoring wells indicated that recent groundwater monitoring wells at a site located approximately 0.4 miles southeast of the site had groundwater readings ranging from 33.6 to 34.7 feet below ground surface (elevations of 27.3 to 27.1 feet msl) in March, 2023 (EnviroHealth Solutions, LLC, 2023).
Seismic Hazard Zones
Review of the Seismic Hazard Zone map for the Inglewood Quadrangle produced by the State of California indicated the site is not located within areas subject to required investigation for Liquefaction or landslide potential (CDMG 1998).
Seismically-Induced Flooding
The types of seismically induced flooding which may be considered as potential hazards to a particular site normally includes flooding due to a tsunami (seismic sea wave), a seiche, or failure of a major reservoir or other water retention structure upstream of the site. Since the site lies approximately 9.7 kilometers inland from the Pacific Ocean shoreline at an average elevation of approximately 50 feet above sea level and does not lie in close proximity to an enclosed body of water or downstream of a major reservoir or other retention structure, the probability of flooding from a tsunami, or seiche is considered to be negligible. The site is not located within a designated tsunami inundation area as identified on the tsunami inundation maps published by the California Emergency Management Agency (CEMA, 2009).
Percolation Testing and Results
A pilot, falling head percolation test was completed as part of this investigation within Boring P-1 location.
Boring P-1 is located in an area in the northeastern portion of the site. The tested depth ranged from approximately 8 to 11 feet below ground surface. The approximate location of the pilot percolation test can be found on Figure 2, while the exploration log can be found in Appendix A and the results found in BGB DESIGN GROUP September 26, 2023
Rowley Park / Gardena J.N. 23-161-PW
Appendix C. A testing depth of 8 to 11 feet was chosen based on preliminary talks with the project civil engineers and, further, based on the materials encountered during our subsurface investigation.
Percolation test to evaluate site infiltration rate was performed in conformance with the Los Angeles County Public Works Guidelines for Geotechnical Investigation and Reporting Low Impact Development Stormwater Infiltration, dated June 2021 (LACPW, 2021).
More specifically, the falling-head percolation test data were utilized in determining the test infiltration rate, It, expressed in units of inches/hour. Following a presoaking period, field testing was conducted in a perforated-cased borehole (with ¾-inch gravel surrounding the pipe) at 30-minute intervals for a period of approximately 4 hour. Test data are attached in Appendix C. The infiltration rate, It, was calculated by determining the volumetric water flow rate through the wetted borehole surface area, expressed in terms of inches per hour. The Un-factored test results are summarized in the following table, Table 1.
TABLE 1
Uncorrected Falling Head Infiltration Test Results
Test No.
Borehole Total
Depth
(feet)
Approximate Test Zone
(feet below existing
grade)
Geologic Unit /
Soil Description
Infiltration Test
Rate, It (in./hr.)
P-1 11 8-11 Qal (SC) 0.33
This un-factored infiltration rate is greater than the minimum threshold of 0.3 inches/hour. Therefore, site soils are considered acceptable and would be satisfactory for use with a storm water infiltration system.
The test data indicates the alluvial deposits between 8 to 11-feet below existing site grades are considered permeable. Therefore, site soils are considered acceptable and would be satisfactory for use with a storm water infiltration system.
Reduction Factor
Based on the Reduction Factor Worksheet presented within the Los Angeles County Public Works Guidelines for Geotechnical Investigation and Reporting Low Impact Development Stormwater Infiltration, dated June 2021, a Total Reduction Factor of 7 should be considered to the values of Infiltration Rate provided above. Applying the Total Reduction Factor to the above infiltration test result produces a Design Infiltration Rate of 0.05 in/hr.
BGB DESIGN GROUP September 26, 2023
Rowley Park / Gardena J.N. 23-161-PW
Construction Procedure
The infiltration rates provided herein are considered representative of the native soils in the vicinity of the percolation test location. Care should be taken to minimize disturbance of the exposed bottom surface of the basins as fill placement or any compaction effort applied to the area will have a detrimental effect on the anticipated infiltration rate of the proposed infiltration areas.
Environmental Impact
It should be noted that clean, potable water was used for the test. Surface runoff usually carries with it debris and fine particles that are typically expected to reduce the calculated infiltration rate.
Faulting
Based on our review of the referenced geologic maps and literature, no active faults are known to project through the property. Furthermore, the site does not lie within the boundaries of an “Earthquake Fault Zone” as defined by the State of California in the Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zoning Act (California Geological Survey [CGS], 2018). The Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zoning Act (AP Act) defines an active fault as one that “has had surface displacement within Holocene time (about the last 11,000 years).” The main objective of the AP Act is to prevent the construction of dwellings on top of active faults that could displace the ground surface resulting in loss of life and property. It should be noted that, based on our evaluation, the Newport Inglewood-Rose Canyon fault zone, located approximately 1.25 miles (2.02 kilometers) northeast of the site, would probably generate the most severe site ground motions and, therefore, is the majority contributor to the deterministic minimum component of the ground motion models.
The subject site is located at a distance of less than {6.25 miles (10 km)} from the surface projection of this fault system, which is capable of producing magnitude {6} or larger events with a slip rate along the fault greater than 0.04 inch per year. As such, the site should be considered as a Near-Fault Site in accordance with ASCE 7-16, Section 11.4.1.
Seismic Design Parameters
Earthquake loads on earthen structures and buildings are a function of ground acceleration which may be determined from the site-specific ground motion analysis. Alternatively, a design response spectrum can be developed for certain sites based on the code guidelines. To provide the design team with the parameters necessary to construct the design acceleration response spectrum for this project, we used two computer applications. Specifically, the first computer application, which was jointly developed by Structural BGB DESIGN GROUP September 26, 2023
Rowley Park / Gardena J.N. 23-161-PW
Engineering Association of California (SEAOC) and California’s Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD), the SEA/OSHPD Seismic Design Maps Tool website, https://seismicmaps.org/, is used to calculate the ground motion parameters. The second computer application, the United Stated Geological Survey (USGS) Unified Hazard Tool website,
https://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/interactive/, is used to estimate the earthquake magnitude and the distance to surface projection of the fault.
To run the above computer applications, site latitude and longitude, seismic risk category and knowledge of site class are required. The site class definition depends on the direct measurement and the ASCE 7-16 recommended procedure for calculating average small-strain shear wave velocity, Vs30, within the upper 30 meters (approximately 100 feet) of site soils.
No shear wave velocity measurement was performed at the site, however, the subsurface materials at the site appears to exhibit the characteristics of {stiff soils condition for Site Class D designation}. Therefore, an average shear wave velocity of 850 feet per second for the upper 100 feet was assigned to the site based on engineering judgment and geophysical experience. As such, in accordance with ASCE 7-16, Table 20.3- 1, Site Class D (D- Default as per SEAOC/OSHPD software) has been assigned to the subject site.
The following table, Table 2, provides parameters required to construct the Seismic Response Coefficient – Natural Period, Cs – T, curve based on ASCE 7-16, Article 12.8 guidelines. A printout of the computer output is attached in Appendix D.
{Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank}
BGB DESIGN GROUP September 26, 2023
Rowley Park / Gardena J.N. 23-161-PW
TABLE 2
Seismic Design Parameters
Ground Motion Parameters Specific Reference Parameter
Value Unit
Site Latitude (North) - 33.911760 °
Site Longitude (West) - -118.317770 °
Site Class Definition Section 1613.2.2 (1), Chapter 20 (2) D (4)- Assumed Seismic Risk Category Table 1604.5 (1) II -
Mw - Earthquake Magnitude USGS Unified Hazard Tool (3) 6.8 (3)
-
R – Distance to Surface Projection of Fault USGS Unified Hazard Tool (3) 6.22 (3) km Ss - Mapped Spectral Response Acceleration
Short Period (0.2 second) Figure 1613.2.1(1) (1) 1.838
(4) g
S1 - Mapped Spectral Response Acceleration
Long Period (1.0 second) Figure 1613.2.1(2) (1) 0.648 (4) g Fa – Short Period (0.2 second) Site Coefficient Table 1613.2.3(1) (1) 1.2 (4)
-
Fv – Long Period (1.0 second) Site Coefficient Table 1613.2.3(2) (1) Null (4)- SMS – MCER Spectral Response Acceleration Parameter
Adjusted for Site Class Effect (0.2 second) Equation 16-36 (1) 2.205 (4) g
SM1 - MCER Spectral Response Acceleration Parameter
Adjusted for Site Class Effect (1.0 second) Equation 16-37 (1) Null (4) g SDS - Design Spectral Response Acceleration at 0.2-s Equation 16-38 (1) 1.47 (4) g
SD1 - Design Spectral Response Acceleration at 1-s Equation 16-39 (1) Null (4) g To = 0.2 SD1/ SDS Section 11.4.6 (2) Null s
Ts = SD1/ SDS Section 11.4.6 (2) Null s
TL - Long Period Transition Period Figure 22-14 (2) 8 (4) s PGA - Peak Ground Acceleration at MCEG (*) Figure 22-9 (2) 0.795 g FPGA - Site Coefficient Adjusted for Site Class Effect (2) Table 11.8-1 (2) 1.2 (4)
-
PGAM –Peak Ground Acceleration (2)
Adjusted for Site Class Effect Equation 11.8-1 (2) 0.954 (4) g
Design PGA ≈ (⅔ PGAM) - Slope Stability (†) Similar to Eqs. 16-38 & 16-39 (2) 0.635 g Design PGA ≈ (0.4 SDS) – Short Retaining Walls(‡) Equation 11.4-5 (2) 0.588 g CRS - Short Period Risk Coefficient Figure 22-18A (2) 0.904 (4)- CR1 - Long Period Risk Coefficient Figure 22-19A (2) 0.901 (4)- SDC - Seismic Design Category (§) Section 1613.2.5 (1) Null (4)- References:
(1) California Building Code (CBC), 2022, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, Volume I and II. (2) American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute (ASCE/SEI), 2016, Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures, Standards 7-16.
(3) USGS Unified Hazard Tool - https://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/interactive/ (4) SEI/OSHPD Seismic Design Map Application – https://seismicmaps.org Related References:
Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), 2015, NEHERP (National Earthquake Hazards Reduction Program) Recommended Seismic Provision for New Building and Other Structures (FEMA P-1050).
Notes:
* PGA Calculated at the MCE return period of 2475 years (2 percent chance of exceedance in 50 years). †
PGA Calculated at the Design Level of ⅔ of MCE; approximately equivalent to a return period of 475 years (10 percent chance of exceedance in 50 years).
‡ PGA Calculated for short, stubby retaining walls with an infinitesimal (zero) fundamental period. § The designation provided herein may be superseded by the structural engineer in accordance with Section 1613.2.5.1, if applicable.
BGB DESIGN GROUP September 26, 2023
Rowley Park / Gardena J.N. 23-161-PW
Discussion - General
Owing to the characteristics of the subsurface soils, as defined by Site Class D-Stiff Soil designation, and proximity of the site to the sources of major ground shaking, the site is expected to experience strong ground shaking during its anticipated life span. Under these circumstances, where the code-specified design response spectrum may not adequately characterize site response, the 2022 CBC typically requires a sitespecific seismic response analysis to be performed. This requirement is signified/identified by the “null” values that are output using SEA/OSHPD software in determination of short period, but mostly, in determination of long period seismic parameters, see Table 3.
For conditions where a “null” value is reported for the site, a variety of design approaches are permitted by 2022 CBC and ASCE 7-16 in lieu of a site-specific seismic hazard analysis. For any specific site, these alternative design approaches, which include Equivalent Lateral Force (ELF) procedure, Modal Response Spectrum Analysis (MRSA) procedure, Linear Response History Analysis (LRHA) procedure and Simplified Design procedure, among other methods, are expected to provide results that may or may not be more economical than those that are obtained if a site-specific seismic hazards analysis is performed. These design approaches and their limitations should be evaluated by the project structural engineer.
Discussion – Seismic Design Category
Please note that the Seismic Design Category, SDC, is also designated as “null” in Table 3. For condition where the mapped spectral response acceleration parameter at 1 – second period, S1, is less than 0.75, the 2022 CBC, Section 1613.2.5.1 allows that seismic design category to be determined from Table 1613.2.5(1) alone provided that all 4 requirements concerning fundamental period of structure, story drift, seismic response coefficient, and relative rigidity of the diaphragms are met. Our interpretation of ASCE 7-16 is that for conditions where one or more of these 4 conditions are not met, seismic design category should be assigned based on: 1) 2022 CBC, Table 1613.2.5(1), 2) structure’s risk category and 3) the value of SDS, at the discretion of the project structural engineer.
Discussion – Equivalent Lateral Force Method
Should the Equivalent Lateral Force (ELF) method be used for seismic design of structural elements, the value of Constant Velocity Domain Transition Period, Ts, is estimated to be 0.5 seconds and the value of Long Period Transition Period, TL, is provided in Table 2 for construction of Seismic Response Coefficient – Period (Cs -T) curve that is used in the ELF procedure.
As stated herein, the subject site is considered to be within a Site Class D-Stiff Soil. A site-specific ground motion hazard analysis is not required for structures on Site Class D-Stiff Soil with S1 > 0.2 provided that BGB DESIGN GROUP September 26, 2023
Rowley Park / Gardena J.N. 23-161-PW
the Seismic Response Coefficient, Cs, is determined in accordance with ASCE 7-16, Article 12.8 and structural design is performed in accordance with Equivalent Lateral Force (ELF) procedure.
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
General Feasibility
From a soils engineering and engineering geologic point of view, the subject property is considered suitable for the proposed development. Based on our geotechnical investigation of the site, it is our opinion the building site is free of hazard from landslide, liquefaction, settlement, and slippage and will remain so provided the recommendations of this report are incorporated into the design criteria and project specifications. Furthermore, it is our opinion that the proposed grading and construction will not adversely affect the geologic stability of adjoining properties in an adverse manner provided grading and construction are performed in accordance with current standards of practice, all applicable grading ordinances and the recommendations presented in this report.
Plan Review
This report has been prepared without the use of project plans and only based on conceptual discussions with the City and the project team. As such, the recommendations provided in this report should be considered tentative until finalized plans are available and reviewed by our firm. Additional recommendations and/or modification of the recommendations provided herein may be necessary depending on the results of our plan review.
Site Drainage Considerations
Positive surface drainage systems consisting of a combination of sloped concrete flatwork/asphalt pavement, sheet flow gradients, swales and surface area drains (where needed) should be provided around the building and within the planter areas to collect and direct all surface waters to an appropriate drainage facility as determined by the project civil engineer. The ground surfaces of planter and landscape areas that are located within 10 feet of building foundations should be sloped at a minimum gradient of 5 percent away from the foundations and towards the nearest area drains. The ground surfaces of planter and landscape areas that are located more than 10 feet away from building foundations may be sloped at a minimum gradient of 2 percent away from the foundations and towards the nearest area drains.
Concrete flatwork surfaces that are located within 10 feet of building foundations should be inclined at a minimum gradient of 2 percent away from the building foundations and towards the nearest area drains.
Concrete flatwork surfaces that are located more than 10 feet away from building foundations may be sloped BGB DESIGN GROUP September 26, 2023
Rowley Park / Gardena J.N. 23-161-PW
at a minimum gradient of 1 percent away from the foundations and towards the nearest area drains. Surface waters should not be allowed to collect or pond against building foundations and within the level areas of the site. All drainage devices should be properly maintained throughout the lifetime of the development.
Future changes to site improvements, or planting and watering practices, should not be allowed to cause over-saturation of site soils adjacent to the structures.
WQBMP infiltration systems may be constructed at the site. The WQBMP concept is to maintain the site’s pre-development water runoff rates and volumes by implementing design techniques that detain surface runoff and direct the water into systems that infiltrate to the subsurface. This concept is in direct conflict with the geotechnical drainage recommendations presented above to collect surface runoff and transfer this water to an approved drainage device away from buildings and structures. As regulatory guidelines must be met, the project civil engineer will be required to design the site to meet the appropriate regulatory standards; however the project civil engineer must also be cognizant of the geotechnical concerns with water infiltration adjacent to buildings and structures and design accordingly. A minimum setback of at least 15 feet between infiltrations systems and building foundations is suggested to help alleviate this conflict. If this setback distance cannot be maintained, then modified foundation recommendations may be required to alleviate any distress that could be caused by infiltration of water near the foundation systems.
FOUNDATION DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
Allowable Soil Bearing Capacities
Pad Footings/Deep Foundations
An allowable soil bearing capacity of 1,000 pounds per square foot may be utilized for design of isolated 24-inch-square footings founded at a minimum depth of 12 inches below the lowest adjacent final grade.
This value may be increased by 20 percent for each additional foot of depth and by 10 percent for each additional foot of width, to a maximum value of 1,500 pounds per square foot. The recommended allowable bearing value includes both dead and live loads and may be increased by one-third for short duration wind and seismic forces.
Continuous Footings
An allowable soil bearing capacity of 1,000 pounds per square foot may be utilized for design of continuous footings founded at a minimum depth of 12 inches below the lowest adjacent final grade. This value may be increased by 20 percent for each additional foot of depth and by 10 percent for each additional foot of width, to a maximum value of 1,500 pounds per square foot. The recommended allowable bearing value includes both dead and live loads and may be increased by one-third for short duration wind and seismic forces.
BGB DESIGN GROUP September 26, 2023
Rowley Park / Gardena J.N. 23-161-PW
Estimated Footing Settlement
Based on the allowable bearing values provided above, total static settlement of the footings under the anticipated loads is expected to be on the order of 1 inch. Differential settlement is expected to be less than ¾ inch over a horizontal span of 30 feet. The majority of settlement is likely to take place as footing loads are applied or shortly thereafter.
Lateral Resistance
A passive earth pressure of 150 pounds per square foot per foot of depth, to a maximum value of 1,500 pounds per square foot, may be used to determine lateral bearing resistance for footings. In addition, a coefficient of friction of 0.25 times the dead load forces may be used between concrete and the supporting soils to determine lateral sliding resistance.
Drilled Pier Foundations
Cast-in-drilled-hole (CIDH) concrete piers may be required for light poles and basketball backboard poles.
Shallow piers are usually designed based on rigid body mechanics. Piers or piles generally act as rigid bodies when the length to width ratio is less than 10. Equations for lateral resistance design are given in 2022 CBC section 1807.3. A soil lateral resistance of 100 psf per foot of width should be used in these equations for the lateral resistance. The code limits the use of these equations to piers that are less than 12 feet in length. For vertical loads, a skin friction of 100 and 70 pounds per square foot per foot of depth may be utilized for the design of the pier foundations in compression or tension, respectively. The skin friction for the upper one foot of the caissons should be disregarded in the calculations. An end bearing of 1,000 pounds per square foot may be utilized for caissons shallower than 5 feet. This value may be increased to 1,500 psf for caissons deeper than 5 feet and may be combined with the skin friction.
SOIL CORROSIVITY SCREENING
General Corrosivity Screening
After the completion of rough grading, we performed a limited chemical and electrical tests on a sample considered representative of the onsite soils to identify potential corrosive characteristics of these soils. The common indicators associated with soil corrosivity include water-soluble sulfate and chloride levels, pH (a measure of acidity), and minimum electrical resistivity.
In general, a soil’s water-soluble sulfate levels and pH relate to the potential for concrete degradation; water-soluble chlorides in soils impact ferrous metals embedded or encased in concrete, e.g., reinforcing steel; and electrical resistivity is a measure of a soil’s corrosion potential to a variety of buried metals used BGB DESIGN GROUP September 26, 2023
Rowley Park / Gardena J.N. 23-161-PW
in the building industry, such as copper tubing and cast or ductile iron pipes. Table 3, below, presents a single value of individual test results with an interpretation of current code indicators and guidelines that are commonly used in this industry. The table includes the code-related classifications of the soils as they relate to the various tests, as well as a general recommendation for possible mitigation measures in view of the potential adverse impact on various components of the proposed structures in direct contact with site soils. The guidelines provided herein should be evaluated and confirmed, or modified, in their entirety by the project structural engineer, corrosion engineer and/or the contractor responsible for concrete placement for structural concrete used in exterior and interior footings, interior slabs on-ground, garage slabs, wall foundations and concrete exposed to weather such as driveways, patios, porches, walkways, ramps, steps, curbs, etc.
TABLE 3
Soil Corrosivity Screening Results
DESCRIPTION CORROSIVITY TESTS
Identification
Minimum
Resistivity1
Ohm-cm
pH1 Sulfate2
%
Chloride3
ppm
HA-1 600 7.1 0.0315 307.5
FUTURE IMPROVEMENTS AND/OR GRADING
If additional site improvements are considered in the future, our firm should be notified so that we may provide design recommendations to mitigate movement, settlement and/or tilting of the structures.
Construction of additional improvements is particularly critical on or near the tops of descending slopes.
Potential problems can develop when drainage on the pads and slopes is altered in any way such as placement of fill and construction of new walkways, patios, landscape walls, swimming pools, spas and/or planters. Therefore, it is recommended that we be engaged to review the final design drawings, specifications and grading plan prior to any new construction. If we are not provided the opportunity to review these documents with respect to the geotechnical aspects of new construction and grading, it should not be assumed that the recommendations provided herein are wholly or impart applicable to the proposed improvements.
REPORT LIMITATIONS
This report is based on the proposed project and geotechnical data as described herein. The materials encountered on the project site, described in other literature, and utilized in our laboratory investigation are believed representative of the project area, and the conclusions and recommendations contained in this BGB DESIGN GROUP September 26, 2023
Rowley Park / Gardena J.N. 23-161-PW
report are presented on that basis. However, soil and bedrock materials can vary in characteristics between points of exploration, both laterally and vertically, and those variations could affect the conclusions and recommendations contained herein. As such, observation and testing by a geotechnical consultant during the grading and construction phases of the project are essential to confirming the basis of this report.
This report has been prepared consistent with the level of care being provided by other professionals providing similar services at the same locale and time period. The contents of this report are professional opinions and as such, are not to be considered a guarantee or warranty.
This report should be reviewed and updated after a period of one year or if the project concept changes from that described herein. Additionally, this report has not been prepared for use by parties or projects other than those named or described herein as it may not contain sufficient information for other parties or other purposes.
The opportunity to be of service is sincerely appreciated. Please call if you have any questions pertaining to this report.
Respectfully submitted,
PETRA GEOSCIENCES, INC.
9/26/23
Evan B. Price J. Montgomery Schultz
Senior Associate Geologist Chief Engineer
CEG 2589 GE 2941
KTM/EP/JMS/lv
W:\2020-2025\2023\100\23-161\Reports\23-161-PW 110 Geotechnical Investigation.docx BGB DESIGN GROUP September 26, 2023
Rowley Park / Gardena J.N. 23-161-PW
LITERATURE REVIEWED
American Concrete Institute, 2014, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete (ACI 318-14) and Commentary, Committee 318.
Bryant, W.A., and Hart, E.W., 2007, Fault-Rupture Hazard Zones in California, Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zoning Act with Index to Earthquake Fault Zones Maps, California Geological Survey, Special Publication 42.
California Building Standards Commission, 2022, California Building Code, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, Volume 2 of 2, dated July.
California Department of Transportation (CALTRANS), 2003, Bridge Design Specifications.
California Department of Water Resources, 2023, Water Data Library, http://www.water.ca.gov/waterdatalibrary/
California Division of Mines and Geology, 1998, Seismic Hazard Zone Report for the Inglewood 7.5- Minute Quadrangles, Los Angeles County, California: California Department of Conservation Division of Mines and Geology, Seismic Hazard Zone Report 003 (Official Map Released March 1999).
California Geological Survey, 2008, Guidelines for Evaluating and Mitigating Seismic Hazards in California: CGS Special Publication 117A.
California Geological Survey, 2010, Fault Activity Map of California, Geologic Data Map No. 6, http://maps.conservation.ca.gov/cgs/fam/
Cao, T., et al., 2003, Revised 2002 California Probabilistic Seismic Hazard Maps, June 2003: California Geological Survey.
EnviroHealth Solutions, LLC, 2023, First Quarter Waste Discharge Requirements Report, Former Aerodynamic Plating Co., Inc. Site, 13629 South Saint Andrews Place, Gardena, California, dated April 3.
Jennings, C.W., Bryant, W.A., Saucedo, G., 2010, California Geological Data Map Series, Map No. 6 - Fault Activity Map of California, California Geological Survey California Geological Survey, 2003, Geologic Map of the Long Beach 30' x 60' Quadrangle, California:
CGS Regional Geologic Map Series, Map No. 5 (scale = 1:100,000).
Los Angeles County Public Works, 2021, Guidelines for Geotechnical Investigation and Reporting Low Impact Development Stormwater Infiltration, dated June 30.
Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook), 2021, BNI Publishers.
Yerkes, R.F., McColloh, T.H., Schoellhamer, J.E., and Vedder, J.G., 1965, Geology of the Los Angeles Basin, California – an Introduction, in Geology of the Eastern Los Angeles Basin, Southern California: Geological Survey Professional Paper 420-A.
FIGURES
Scale: 1” = 2,000’
Base Map: Portion of USGS Inglewood Quadrangle 7.5-Minute Topographic Series, 2018
N 3186 Airway Avenue, Suite K
Costa Mesa, California 92626
PHONE: (714) 549-8921
SITE LOCATION MAP
Rowley Park
Gardena, California
DATE: September 2023
J.N.: 23-161
Figure 1
PETRA GEOSCIENCES, INC.
COSTA MESA TEMECULA LOS ANGELES PALM DESERT CORONA ESCONDIDO SITE
3186 Airway Avenue, Suite K
Costa Mesa, California 92626
PHONE: (714) 549-8921
BORING LOCATION MAP
Rowley Park
Gardena, California
DATE: September 2023
J.N.: 23-161
COSTA MESA TEMECULA LOS ANGELES PALM DESERT CORONA ESCONDIDO Figure 2
PETRA GEOSCIENCES, INC.
EXPLANATION
Approximate Location of Exploratory Boring
TD= Total Depth
HA-1
TD=11’
0 20 40
Scale: 1” = 40’
N
P-1
TD=11’
HA-2
TD=7.5’
HA-2
TD=7.5’
P-1
TD=11’
Approximate Location of Percolation Test Boring
TD= Total Depth
Base Map: Toal Engineering Inc., Topographic Survey of 1322 Van Ness Ave., Gardena, California, dated 7/20/23
APPENDIX A
EXPLORATION LOGS
0 5
10 15
20 25
30 ARTIFICIAL FILL (af)
Clay (CL): Dark brown, dry, stiff, many roots.
Silty Sand (SM): Dark brown, moist, medium-dense, fine-grained sand.
YOUNGER ALLUVIUM (Qya)
Silty Sand (SM): Gray, moist, medium-dense, fine-grained sand.
Silty Clay (CL): Gray to brown, moist, soft, moderately plastic.
Becomes dark brown.
Sandy Clay (CL): Brown, moist, firm, fine-grained sand.
Silty Sand (SM): Light brown, moist, medium-dense.
Total Depth= 11'
No groundwater encountered
Boring backfilled with cuttings.
15.4 22.8
13.7 94.2
95.9 104.9
MAX, EI, CL,
RES, pH,
S04,
AT
Project: Rowley Park Boring No.: HA-1
Location: 13220 Van Ness Avenue, Gardena, CA Elevation: ±50' Job No.: 23-161 Client: BGB Design Group Date: 6/15/2023 Drill Method: Hand Auger Driving Weight: Hand Driven Logged By: KTM Depth
(Feet)
Lithology Material Description
W
A
T
E
R
Blows
per
6 in.
Samples
C
o
r
e
B
u
l
k
Moisture
Content
(%)
Laboratory Tests
Dry
Density
(pcf)
Other
Lab
Tests
E X P L O R A T I O N L O G
Petra Geosciences, Inc.
PLATE A-1
0 5
10 15
20 25
30 ARTIFICIAL FILL (af)
Clay (CL): Dark brown, dry, very stiff, many roots.
YOUNGER ALLUVIUM (Qya)
Clay (CL): Dark brown, moist, firm.
Total Depth= 7.5'
No groundwater encountered
Boring backfilled with cuttings.
17.9 23.6
104.5
93.8 Project: Rowley Park Boring No.: HA-2
Location: 13220 Van Ness Avenue, Gardena, CA Elevation: ±50' Job No.: 23-161 Client: BGB Design Group Date: 6/15/2023 Drill Method: Hand Auger Driving Weight: Hand driven Logged By: KTM Depth
(Feet)
Lithology Material Description
W
A
T
E
R
Blows
per
6 in.
Samples
C
o
r
e
B
u
l
k
Moisture
Content
(%)
Laboratory Tests
Dry
Density
(pcf)
Other
Lab
Tests
E X P L O R A T I O N L O G
Petra Geosciences, Inc.
PLATE A-2
0 5
10 15
20 25
30 ARTIFICIAL FILL (af)
Clay (CL): Dark brown, moist, soft, many roots.
YOUNGER ALLUVIUM (Qya)
Sandy Clay (CL): Light brown, moist, firm, fine-grained sand, slightly plastic.
Clayey Sand (CL): Light brown, moist, medium-dense, finegrained sand, low plasticity.
Silty Sand (SM): Light brown, moist, medium-dense, fine-grained sand.
Total Depth= 11'
No groundwater encountered
Percolation test installed within boring utilizing a 2 inch solid and perforated pipe with 3/ 4 inch gravel from 5 to 11 feet in depth.
Project: Rowley Park Boring No.: P-1
Location: 13220 Van Ness Avenue, Gardena, CA Elevation: ±51' Job No.: 23-161 Client: BGB Design Group Date: 8/10/2023 Drill Method: Hand Auger Driving Weight: Hand Driven Logged By: KTM Depth
(Feet)
Lithology Material Description
W
A
T
E
R
Blows
per
6 in.
Samples
C
o
r
e
B
u
l
k
Moisture
Content
(%)
Laboratory Tests
Dry
Density
(pcf)
Other
Lab
Tests
E X P L O R A T I O N L O G
Petra Geosciences, Inc.
PLATE A-3
APPENDIX B
LABORATORY TEST PROCEDURES
LABORATORY DATA SUMMARY
_____________________________________________________ ______________________________________ PETRA GEOSCIENCES, INC. Laboratory Address: 1251 W. Pomona Road, Unit 103, Corona, CA, 92882 J.N. 23-161-PW
LABORATORY TEST PROCEDURES
Soil Classification
Soil materials encountered within the property were classified and described in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System and in general accordance with the current version of Test Method ASTM D 2488. The assigned group symbols are presented in the exploration logs, Appendix A.
In Situ Moisture Content and Dry Unit Weight
In-place moisture content and dry unit weight of selected, relatively undisturbed soil samples were determined in accordance with the current version of the Test Method ASTM D 2435 and Test Method ASTM D 2216, respectively. Test data are presented on the exploration logs, Appendix A.
Laboratory Maximum Dry Unit Weight and Optimum Moisture Content The maximum dry unit weight and optimum moisture content of the on-site soils were determined for a selected bulk sample in accordance with current version of ASTM D 1557. The results of these tests are presented on Plate B-1 and B-2.
Corrosivity Screening
Chemical and electrical analyses were performed on a selected bulk sample of onsite soils to determine their soluble sulfate content, chloride content, pH (acidity), and minimum electrical resistivity. These tests were performed in accordance with the current versions of California Test Method Nos. CTM 417, CTM 422 and CTM 643, respectively. The results of these tests are included on Plate B-1.
Atterberg Limits
The Atterberg limits (liquid limit and plastic limit) were determined for selected bulk samples of representative materials in accordance with the latest version of Test Method ASTM D 4318. The results of these tests are included on Plates B-1 and B-3.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ PETRA GEOSCIENCES, INC. Laboratory Address: 1251 W. Pomona Road, Unit 103, Corona, CA, 92882 J.N. 23-161-PW PLATE B-1
LABORATORY DATA SUMMARY
Boring
Number
Sample
Depth
(ft)
Soil/Bedrock
Description
Max. Dry
Density 1
(pcf)
Optimum
Moisture1
(%)
Expansion
Index2
Expansion
Potential3
Atterberg
Limits4
Sulfate
Content5
(%)
Chloride
Content6
(ppm)
pH7
Minimum
Resistivity7
LL PL PI (Ohm-cm)
HA-1 0-5 Silty Clay (CL) 121.0 12.0 83 High 41 13 28 0.0315 307.5 7.1 600 Test Procedures: 1 Per ASTM Test Method D 1557 5 Per California Test Method 417 2 Per ASTM Test Method D 4829 6 Per California Test Method 422 3 Per ASTM Test Method D 4829 7 Per California Test Method 643 4 Per ASTM Test Method D 4318
Tested By: DI
COMPACTION TEST REPORT
Project No.: Date:
Project:
Client:
Source of Sample: 23L160 Depth: 0-5
Sample Number: HA-1
Remarks:
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Description:
Classifications - USCS: AASHTO:
Nat. Moist. = Sp.G. =
Liquid Limit = Plasticity Index =
% < No.200 =
TEST RESULTS
Figure
Petra Geosciences, Inc.
23-161 7/10/2023
Rowley Park
BGB Design Group
Dark Brown Silty Clay
41 28
Maximum dry density = 121.0 pcf
Optimum moisture = 12.0 % Dry density, pcf
70 80
90 100
110
120
130
140
Water content, %
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
100% SATURATION CURVES
FOR SPEC. GRAV. EQUAL TO:
2.8 2.7
2.6 Test specification:
ASTM D 1557-12 (2021) Method A Modified
Tested By: DI
LIQUID AND PLASTIC LIMITS TEST REPORT PLASTICITY INDEX
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 LIQUID LIMIT
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
CL-ML CL or OL
CH or OH
ML or OL MH or OH
Dashed line indicates the approximate
upper limit boundary for natural soils
4 7 WATER CONTENT
39.2 39.6
40 40.4
40.8 41.2
41.6 42
42.4 42.8
43.2 NUMBER OF BLOWS
5 6 7 8 9 10 20 25 30 40
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION LL PL PI %<#40 %<#200 USCS
Project No. Client: Remarks:
Project:
Source of Sample: 23L160 Depth: 0-5
Sample Number: HA-1
Figure
Dark Brown Silty Clay 41 13 28
23-161 BGB Design Group
Rowley Park
APPENDIX C
PERCOLATION TEST RESULTS
Depth to Groundwater (ft):
30 7.3
1 30
2 30
3 30
4 30
5 30
6 30
7 30
8 30
30 Flow Volume = Volume Inside of Pipe (V1) + Volume in Annular Space (V2) Flow Area = 2p(rboring)Haverage + p(rboring)
2 Haverage = (Ho+Hf)/2
Reference:
3186 Airway Avenue, Suite K
DATE: Sept., 2023
Gardena, California
Appendix
J.N.: 23-161 C
Costa Mesa, California 92626
PHONE: (714) 549-8921
COSTA MESA TEMECULA LOS ANGELES PALM DESERT CORONA ESCONDIDO
PERCOLATION TEST SUMMARY
Rowley Park
Final (ft.)
8.40 10.2
8.70 0.29
0.35 12.50
12.50 12.50
TIME OF WATER TO FLOW COMPLETELY OUT OF THE HOLE
2.40 0.30
0.20 0.20
0.20 9.60
Liquid Description: Clear Clean Water Measurement Method: Sounder
0.30 0.30
FALLING HEAD PERCOLATION TEST
10.40 0.20
~25'
51'
8:50AM
9:50AM
8.33 8.33
30 minutes?
Water in Hole After (Yes/No):
2.40 Depth from Existing Ground Surface to Bottom of Prop. Inflitration System (ft):
yes
Time Interval
For Test (mins):
TIME INTERVAL TEST
30 Time
(min)
Initial D0 , (ft)
At 10 Min (ft) At 30 Min (ft)
Depth to Water
7.55 Change in Water
Level ΔD (in)
7.9 0.60
10 minutes?
yes
0.25 Percolation
Rate
(min./in.)
6.00 5.00
3.60 9.00 3.60
3.60 3.60
2.40 8.33
8.33 9.80
10.00 0.27
0.32 0.38
8.40 0.22
Time Interval
Δt (min.)
Trial
No.
0.50 Change in
Water Level
ΔH (in.)
Change in
Water Level
ΔH (ft.)
Depth to Water, Dw
Initial (ft.)
7.90 Infiltration
Rate
(in./hr.)
0.32 FALLING HEAD PERCOLATION TEST BORING: P-1
Test Date:
Tested By:
USCS Soil Type:
11 6
Ground Elevation (msl ft):
Start Time of Presoak:
Start Time of Starndard:
Total Depth of Boring, DT (ft):
Diameter of Hole, D (in):
2 6 to 11'
0.44 7.3
n/a
Diameter of Casing, d (in):
Depth of Slotted Casing (ft):
Porosity of Annulus Material, n :
Depth to Intial Water Depth D1 (ft):
Thickness of Bentonite Plug (in.):
8/10/2023
KTM/SS
Clayey Sand
10.20 8.70
9.00 9.30
0.30 9.80
10.00 9.30
9.60 2.40 12.50
Guildlines For Geotechnical Investigation and Reporting Low Impact Development Stormwater Infiltration, Los Angeles County, Department of Public Works, Geotechnical and Engineering Division; GS200.1, dated June 30, 2021 V2 = n p[(rboring)
2 -(rcasing)
2 ]Δh
V1 = p(rcasing)
2 Δh
REDUCTION FACTOR WORKSHEET
Category
RFt - Small Diameter Boring
RFv - Site Variability, Number of tests, and thoroughness of subsurface investigation RFs - Long-term siltation, plugging, and maintenance
Total Reduction Factor*, RF =
2 3
2 TEST RESULTS**
Measured Infiltration Rate (Average of Stabilized Last 3 Readings) = 0.33 in./hr.
PETRA GEOSCIENCES, INC.
**Infiltration Rate = Average Stabilized Volumetric Rate By Surface Area of Test Section, in Specific Time
0.48 Reduction Factor (1 to 3)
*Total Reduction Factor, (RF) = RFt + RFv + RFs
#Design Infiltration Rate = Measured Infiltration Rate / RF Design Infiltration Rate# = 0.05 in./hr.
7 0.32
0.22 0.25
0.29 0.35
0.27 0.32
0.38 0.38
0.48 0.00
0.10 0.20
0.30 0.40
0.50 0.60
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Measured Inflitration Rate (in/hr)
Cumulative Time, t (min)
MEASURED FALLING HEAD INFLITRATION RATES OVER TIME
Falling Head Test After Testing Water Dissipation
APPENDIX D
SEISMIC DESIGN ANALYSIS
USGS web services were down for some period of time and as a result this tool wasn't operational, resulting in timeout error.
USGS web services are now operational so this tool should work as expected.
Latitude, Longitude: 33.912, -118.3170
Date 9/25/2023, 3:23:39 PM
Design Code Reference Document ASCE7-16
Risk Category II
Site Class D - Default (See Section 11.4.3)
Type Value Description
SS 1.838 MCER ground motion. (for 0.2 second period)
S1 0.648 MCER ground motion. (for 1.0s period)
SMS 2.205 Site-modified spectral acceleration value
SM1 null -See Section 11.4.8 Site-modified spectral acceleration value SDS 1.47 Numeric seismic design value at 0.2 second SA
SD1 null -See Section 11.4.8 Numeric seismic design value at 1.0 second SA Type Value Description
SDC null -See Section 11.4.8 Seismic design category
Fa 1.2 Site amplification factor at 0.2 second
Fv null -See Section 11.4.8 Site amplification factor at 1.0 second PGA 0.795 MCEG peak ground acceleration
FPGA 1.2 Site amplification factor at PGA
PGAM 0.954 Site modified peak ground acceleration
TL 8 Long-period transition period in seconds
SsRT 1.838 Probabilistic risk-targeted ground motion. (0.2 second) SsUH 2.033 Factored uniform-hazard (2% probability of exceedance in 50 years) spectral acceleration SsD 2.457 Factored deterministic acceleration value. (0.2 second) S1RT 0.648 Probabilistic risk-targeted ground motion. (1.0 second) S1UH 0.719 Factored uniform-hazard (2% probability of exceedance in 50 years) spectral acceleration.
S1D 0.836 Factored deterministic acceleration value. (1.0 second) PGAd 0.996 Factored deterministic acceleration value. (Peak Ground Acceleration) U.S. Seismic Design Maps https://www.seismicmaps.org/
1 of 3 9/25/2023, 3:24 PM
Type Value Description
PGAUH 0.795 Uniform-hazard (2% probability of exceedance in 50 years) Peak Ground Acceleration CRS 0.904 Mapped value of the risk coefficient at short periods CR1 0.901 Mapped value of the risk coefficient at a period of 1 s CV 1.468 Vertical coefficient
U.S. Seismic Design Maps https://www.seismicmaps.org/
2 of 3 9/25/2023, 3:24 PM
DISCLAIMER
While the information presented on this website is believed to be correct, SEAOC /OSHPD and its sponsors and contributors assume no responsibility or liability for its accuracy. The material presented in this web application should not be used or relied upon for any specific application without competent examination and verification of its accuracy, suitability and applicability by engineers or other licensed professionals. SEAOC / OSHPD do not intend that the use of this information replace the sound judgment of such competent professionals, having experience and knowledge in the field of practice, nor to substitute for the standard of care required of such professionals in interpreting and applying the results of the seismic data provided by this website. Users of the information from this website assume all liability arising from such use. Use of the output of this website does not imply approval by the governing building code bodies responsible for building code approval and interpretation for the building site described by latitude/longitude location in the search results of this website.
U.S. Seismic Design Maps https://www.seismicmaps.org/
3 of 3 9/25/2023, 3:24 PM
8/23/23, 5:24 PM Unified Hazard Tool
https://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/interactive/ 1/6
Unified Hazard Tool
Input
U.S. Geological Survey - Earthquake Hazards Program
Please do not use this tool to obtain ground motion parameter values for the design code reference documents covered by the U.S. Seismic Design Maps web tools (e.g., the International Building Code and the ASCE 7 or 41 Standard). The values returned by the two applications are not identical.
Please also see the new USGS Earthquake Hazard Toolbox for access to the most recent NSHMs for the conterminous U.S. and Hawaii.
Edition
Dynamic: Conterminous U.S. 2014 (u…
Latitude
Decimal degrees
33.91176
Longitude
Decimal degrees, negative values for western longitudes -118.31777
Site Class
760 m/s (B/C boundary)
Spectral Period
Peak Ground Acceleration
Time Horizon
Return period in years
2475
8/23/23, 5:24 PM Unified Hazard Tool
https://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/interactive/ 2/6
Hazard Curve
View Raw Data
Hazard Curves
Time Horizon 2475 years
Peak Ground Acceleration
0.10 Second Spectral Acceleration
0.20 Second Spectral Acceleration
0.30 Second Spectral Acceleration
0.50 Second Spectral Acceleration
0.75 Second Spectral Acceleration
1.00 Second Spectral Acceleration
2.00 Second Spectral Acceleration
3.00 Second Spectral Acceleration
4.00 Second Spectral Acceleration
5.00 Second Spectral Acceleration
1e-2 1e-1 1e+0
Ground Motion (g)
1e-13
1e-12
1e-11
1e-10
1e-9
1e-8
1e-7
1e-6
1e-5
1e-4
1e-3
1e-2
1e-1
1e+0
Annual Frequency of Exceedence
Uniform Hazard Response Spectrum
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Spectral Period (s)
0.0 0.5
1.0 1.5
2.0 2.5
3.0 Ground Motion (g)
Spectral Period (s): PGA
Ground Motion (g): 0.8083
Component Curves for Peak Ground Acceleration
Time Horizon 2475 years
System
Grid
Interface
1e-2 1e-1 1e+0
Ground Motion (g)
1e-13
1e-12
1e-11
1e-10
1e-9
1e-8
1e-7
1e-6
1e-5
1e-4
1e-3
1e-2
1e-1
1e+0
Annual Frequency of Exceedence
8/23/23, 5:24 PM Unified Hazard Tool
https://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/interactive/ 3/6
Deaggregation
Component
Total
8/23/23, 5:24 PM Unified Hazard Tool
https://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/interactive/ 4/6
ε = (-∞ .. -2.5)
ε = [-2.5 .. -2)
ε = [-2 .. -1.5)
ε = [-1.5 .. -1)
ε = [-1 .. -0.5)
ε = [-0.5 .. 0)
ε = [0 .. 0.5)
ε = [0.5 .. 1)
ε = [1 .. 1.5)
ε = [1.5 .. 2)
ε = [2 .. 2.5)
ε = [2.5 .. +∞)
5 10
15 20
25 Closest Distance, rRup (km)
30 35
40 45
50 55
9 8.5
8 7.5
Magnitude (Mw)
7 6.5
6 5.5
5 4.5
5 10 15
% Contribution to Hazard
20 25 30 35
5 10
15 20
25 30
35 Closest Distance, rRup (km)
40 45
50 55
9 8.5
8 7.5
7 6.5
Magnitude (Mw)
6 5.5
5 4.5
8/23/23, 5:24 PM Unified Hazard Tool
https://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/interactive/ 5/6
Summary statistics for, Deaggregation: Total
Deaggregation targets
Return period: 2475 yrs
Exceedance rate: 0.0004040404 yr⁻¹
PGA ground motion: 0.80828831 g
Recovered targets
Return period: 2717.8899 yrs
Exceedance rate: 0.00036793249 yr⁻¹
Totals
Binned: 100 %
Residual: 0 %
Trace: 0.03 %
Mean (over all sources)
m: 6.82
r: 6.22 km
ε₀: 1.16 σ
Mode (largest m-r bin)
m: 6.36
r: 3.53 km
ε₀: 1.19 σ
Contribution: 26.88 %
Mode (largest m-r-ε₀ bin)
m: 6.36
r: 3.1 km
ε₀: 1.2 σ
Contribution: 17.25 %
Discretization
r: min = 0.0, max = 1000.0, Δ = 20.0 km
m: min = 4.4, max = 9.4, Δ = 0.2
ε: min = -3.0, max = 3.0, Δ = 0.5 σ
Epsilon keys
ε0: [-∞ .. -2.5)
ε1: [-2.5 .. -2.0)
ε2: [-2.0 .. -1.5)
ε3: [-1.5 .. -1.0)
ε4: [-1.0 .. -0.5)
ε5: [-0.5 .. 0.0)
ε6: [0.0 .. 0.5)
ε7: [0.5 .. 1.0)
ε8: [1.0 .. 1.5)
ε9: [1.5 .. 2.0)
ε10: [2.0 .. 2.5)
ε11: [2.5 .. +∞]
8/23/23, 5:24 PM Unified Hazard Tool
https://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/interactive/ 6/6
Deaggregation Contributors
Source Set Source Type r m ε
0 lon lat az %
UC33brAvg_FM31 System 44.12
Newport-Inglewood alt 1 [7] 2.82 6.36 1.11 118.316°W 33.933°N 4.29 14.36 Newport-Inglewood alt 1 [6] 2.77 7.32 0.74 118.299°W 33.926°N 46.49 14.07 Compton [2] 8.73 7.26 0.62 118.354°W 33.844°N 203.92 6.63 Palos Verdes [13] 12.31 7.19 1.96 118.427°W 33.849°N 235.38 3.05 San Pedro Escarpment [0] 7.94 7.63 0.27 118.450°W 33.782°N 220.30 1.66 UC33brAvg_FM32 System 37.00
Newport-Inglewood alt 2 [6] 2.96 7.31 0.75 118.298°W 33.927°N 46.64 11.27 Newport-Inglewood alt 2 [7] 3.09 6.37 1.14 118.305°W 33.933°N 26.87 9.60 Compton [2] 8.73 7.34 0.58 118.354°W 33.844°N 203.92 7.46 Palos Verdes [13] 12.31 7.23 1.96 118.427°W 33.849°N 235.38 2.85 San Pedro Escarpment [0] 7.94 7.63 0.37 118.450°W 33.782°N 220.30 1.23 Puente Hills (LA) [1] 13.19 7.26 1.83 118.245°W 34.009°N 31.88 1.14 UC33brAvg_FM31 (opt) Grid 9.57
PointSourceFinite: -118.318, 33.934 5.58 5.75 1.62 118.318°W 33.934°N 0.00 2.73 PointSourceFinite: -118.318, 33.934 5.58 5.75 1.62 118.318°W 33.934°N 0.00 2.73 UC33brAvg_FM32 (opt) Grid 9.31
PointSourceFinite: -118.318, 33.934 5.58 5.75 1.62 118.318°W 33.934°N 0.00 2.62 PointSourceFinite: -118.318, 33.934 5.58 5.75 1.62 118.318°W 33.934°N 0.00 2.62
51.651.4
51.4 51.3
51.5 50.250.2
53.6 52.1 51.3
51.3 52.5 51.8 51.2 53.5 52.0
54.0 54.1
54.0 49.9
49.8 50.6 50.6 50.6 50.5 50.4 50.5
50.1 50.2
50.7 50.6
50.7 50.6
50.4 50.5 50.5
51.2 51.1 50.8
50.7 50.9
50.9 50.4
50.3 50.6 50.8
50.8 50.8
51.0 51.2
51.3 51.0
50.8 50.7
50.7 50.8
50.6 50.5
50.6 50.4
50.4 50.7
50.4 50.7 50.7
50.4 50.4
50.7 50.6
50.5 50.5
50.6 50.5 50.4
50.3 50.2
51.2 53.3
53.5 51.3
51.3 53.6
50.9 50.8
51.6 53.7
51.4 51.1
50.9 51.1
51.1 51.2
51.3 51.3 51.5
51.1 51.4
51.1 51.6
53.1 51.2 51.1 51.3
52.4 52.9 51.2 51.0 51.1 51.3 53.6
51.5 51.2
51.6 50.9
51.1 51.0
51.2 50.9
50.13 50.17 50.11 50.13 50.28 50.38 50.09 50.09
49.77 49.72
49.72 49.67
49.76 50.31 50.75 50.66
50.64 50.9650.75 51.01
50.92 51.07 51.00
50.92 50.75
50.83 50.70 50.59
50.64 50.51
50.54 50.89
50.62 50.89
50.61 50.60 50.70 50.57
50.55 50.56 50.61 50.54 50.52
50.58 50.61 50.60 50.57
50.64 50.59 50.54
50.59 50.6350.55
50.60 50.63 50.60
50.58 50.53
50.52 50.57
50.76 50.58
50.60 50.54
50.63 50.65
50.86 54.12 51.35
53.39 51.41
51.40 51.54 51.39 51.24
51.36 51.49
51.55 49.40
49.45 49.48
49.45 49.63
49.72 49.93 49.87 49.95 49.95 49.95 50.07 50.15 50.20
50.32 50.29
50.18 50.17
50.32 50.35 50.13 51.12 51.11 50.62 50.58
50.63 50.70
50.84 50.99 51.04
51.13 51.15
51.51 51.52 51.50
51.49 51.64
51.4451.53
50.25 50.31
50.39 50.40 50.17
50.76 51.35
51.40 53.36
53.34 53.30
53.25 51.32
51.4251.35
51.4351.37 54.27 54.25
54.27 52.03
52.04 49.29 F.L.
49.27 F.L.49.34 F.L.49.33 F.L.
49.51 F.L.
49.63 F.L.
49.80 F.L. 49.85 F.L. 49.91 F.L. 49.88 F.L. 49.87 F.L. 49.99 F.L. 50.07 F.L. 50.13 F.L.
50.08 50.15 50.13
50.14 51.08 51.10
51.05 51.03
51.58 51.54
51.59 51.53 50.56 50.52 50.69 50.60 50.50 50.91 50.73 50.83 50.80 50.42 50.50 50.30 50.65 50.22 50.23 50.28 50.22 50.20 50.64 50.28 50.44 50.35 50.70 50.72 50.54 50.57 50.61 50.64 50.65 50.61 50.55 50.71 50.61 50.80 50.70 50.67 50.68 50.71 50.77 50.89 50.96 51.01 50.96
50.68 50.65
50.78 50.96
50.91 50.80 50.84 50.77
50.66 50.51
50.61 50.60 50.70 50.67 50.63 50.66 50.61
50.64 50.72
50.68 50.8150.77
50.13 50.28
50.24 50.52 50.54
50.80 50.77
50.59 50.49 50.49
50.53 50.64 50.75 50.88 50.98 51.10 51.13 51.19
51.22 51.31
53.28 53.26 51.31 51.28 51.31 51.31 54.27 54.29 54.15 54.21 54.09
54.07 54.05
54.10 54.16 54.27 51.33 51.29 51.30 53.25 53.32 53.33 51.38 51.40 51.23
51.53 51.48
51.50 51.52 50.70 50.71 51.01 50.80 50.90 50.94 50.88 50.89 51.30
51.45 51.23
51.54 51.57
51.42 51.25
51.11 50.94
50.92 50.93
50.96 50.81
50.62 50.61
50.66 50.97 51.05
51.16 51.23
50.97 51.06
50.96 51.23
51.24 51.29
51.40 65.38 Roof ridge 49.92 T.C.
49.92 T.C.
49.99 T.C.
50.01 T.C.
50.17 T.C. 49.70 T.C. 49.68 T.C. 50.21 T.C.
50.32 T.C. 50.32 T.C. 50.43 T.C. 50.35 T.C. 50.35 T.C. 50.47 T.C. 50.57 T.C. 50.62 T.C.
50.84 Threshold50.85 Threshold 50.86 Threshold
50.78 Threshold
50.84 Threshold
50.88 Threshold 51.15 Threshold
51.10 Threshold 78.67 Top of roof
63.79 Top of roof
53.41 T.W. 53.44 T.W.
55.79 T.W. 53.63 T.W.
54.96 T.W.
53.14 T.W. 55.76 T.W. 53.54 T.W.
54.37 T.W.
18"
Irrigation control valve
Water meter 2" water main
24"
24"
Bench Trash & recycling can
Traffic signal Electric box
Traffic signal Traffic signal box Power pole Electric box 24" 24" 24"
Irrigation control valve 2" water main Water meter
24" 20"
Power pole/street light
22"
Cable anchor
24"
Power pole/street light
24" 24" 24"
Power pole/street light
Park sign Irrigation control valve 18"
18"
20"
18"
Irrigation control valve
22"
24" Light pole 24"
3" drain outlet
Light pole
Basketball hoop
Irrigation control valve Electric box
Gas meter
Electric box
20"
24"
Park bench
Light pole TR3
20"
Cable anchor
18"
Basketball hoop
Basketball hoop
Basketball hoop
Irrigation control valve Electric box
Park bench Playground with sand
Irrigation control valve
Irrigation control valve
TR200
Existing building ROWLEY PARK GYM ROWLEY MEMORIAL PARK RECREATIONAL CENTER 2214 6ignature 'ate $RT+8R ' G8< I I I REG I 6TERE' L$1'6C$PE $RC+ I TECT 6 T $ T E 2 F C$ L I F2R 1 I $ E;P . 5 / 3 1/ 2 026 10/8/24 2ct 08 2024 2
43pm PRI1T '$TE
10/8/24 E & N O R T H
51.6 51.4
51.4 51.3
53.6 52.1
51.3 50.5
50.5 51.2
51.1 50.8
50.7 50.9
50.9 50.4
50.3 50.6
50.8 50.8
50.8 51.0
51.2 51.3
51.0 50.8
50.7 50.7
50.8 50.6
50.5 50.6
50.4 50.4
50.4 50.4
50.4 50.5
50.5 50.4
50.3 53.5
51.3 51.3
53.6 50.9
50.8 51.6
53.7 51.4
51.1 50.9
51.1 51.1
51.2 51.3
51.3 51.5
51.1 51.4
51.1 51.6
53.1 50.9
51.1 51.0
50.9 50.75
50.66 50.64
50.9650.75
51.01 50.92
51.07 51.00
50.92 50.75
50.83 50.70
50.59 50.64
50.51 50.54
50.89 50.62
50.89 50.61
50.60 50.70
50.57 50.55
50.56 50.61
50.54 50.52
50.58 50.61
50.60 50.57
50.64 50.59
50.54 50.59
50.63 50.55
50.60 50.63
50.60 50.58
50.53 50.52
50.57 50.76
50.58 50.60
50.54 50.63
50.65 50.86
54.12 51.35
53.39 51.41
51.39 51.24
51.36 51.49 51.12 51.11
50.62 50.58
50.63 50.70
50.84 50.99
51.04 51.13
51.15 51.49
50.76 51.35
51.40 53.36
53.34 53.30
53.25 51.42
51.35 51.43
51.37 54.27
54.25 51.08
51.10 51.05
51.03 51.58
51.54 51.59
50.22 50.23
50.71 50.77
50.89 50.96
51.01 50.96
50.68 50.65
50.78 50.96
50.91 50.80
50.84 50.77
50.66 50.51
50.61 50.60
50.70 50.67
50.63 50.66
50.61 50.64
50.72 50.68
50.81 50.77
50.52 50.54
50.80 50.77
50.59 50.49
50.49 50.53
50.64 50.75
50.88 50.98
51.10 51.13
51.19 51.22
51.31 53.28
53.26 51.31
51.28 51.31
51.31 54.27
54.29 54.15
54.21 54.09
54.07 51.30
51.45 51.23
51.54 51.57
51.42 51.25
51.11 50.94
50.92 50.93
50.96 50.81
50.62 50.61
50.66 50.97
51.05 51.16
51.23 50.97
51.06 50.96
51.23 51.24
51.29 51.40
65.38 Roof ridge
50.84 Threshold
50.85 Threshold
50.86 Threshold
50.78 Threshold
50.84 Threshold
50.88 Threshold
51.15 Threshold
51.10 Threshold
78.67 Top of roof
63.79 Top of roof
53.44 T.W.
55.79 T.W. 53.63 T.W.
54.96 T.W.
54.37 T.W.
Irrigation control valve
22"
24"
Light pole
24"
3" drain outlet
Light pole
Basketball hoop
Electric box
Gas meter
Electric box
20"
24"
Park bench
Light pole
TR3
18"
Basketball hoop
Basketball hoop
Basketball hoop
Irrigation control valve
Electric box
Park bench
Playground with sand
Irrigation control valve
Existing building ROWLEY PARK GYM ROWLEY MEMORIAL PARK RECREATIONAL CENTER D-01 D-03 C-01 D-03 D-04 R-02 C-04 R-04 D-06R-03 D-02 D-05 D-02 C-01 1'-0" MIN. 1'-0" MIN. D-07 D-07 C-01 D-07 C-01 C-01 D-07 C-01 C-02 C-01 D-08 C-02 D-07 D-07 C-01 C-02 D-07 C-01 D-07 C-02 D-08 R-05 R-05 R-05 R-06 R-06 R-06 R-07 TOT LOT EQUIPMENT TOT LOT EQUIPMENT TENNIS COURT PUBLIC SIDEWALK PARKING / RECREATION CENTER C-05 C-05 C-05 C-05 C-05 C-05 R-08 R-08 R-08 R-08 C-03 C-03 D-09 D-09 D-10 D-09 D-09 D-10 D-10 R-09 R-06 R-09 R-09 R-09 SYMBOL DESCRIPTION QTY DETAIL NEW CONCRETE PAVING - 6" 1,610 SF A/3 MIN. THICKNESS (520-A-2500). BASKETBALL SYSTEM - STRAIGHT POST (4-1/2 IN POLE WITH 4 FT. OFFSET) 72 IN ACRYLIC BACKBOARD - PLAYGROUND GOAL MODEL; SPA4-AC-UG MFR: DAVE BANG ASSOCIATES, INC. (800-669-2585 / DAVEBANG.COM) CONTACT: CANDY BERNARDI - TERRITORY SUPPORT SPECIALIST (800-669-2585) 2-LAYER POURED-IN-PLACE 5,283 SF C/3 RESILIENT PLAYGROUND SURFACING PRODUCT: SPECTRAPOUR 2.5-INCH SUPREME BASEMAT WITH 1/2-INCH SUPREME TOP SURFACE AND SUPREME PRIMER. REFER TO DETAIL E, SHEET 3 FOR LAYOUT AND COLOR MFR: SPECTRATURF, INC.800.875.5788 WEB: HTTP://WWW.SPECTRATURF.COM. 1/8" WIDE X 1-1/2" DEEP B/3 SAWCUT JOINT ACCESSIBLE ROUTE (2022 CBC 11B-206) C-01 C-02 C-03 C-04 C-05 CONSTRUCTION LEGEND D/3 E/3 5,320 SF SYMBOL DESCRIPTION EXISTING LIGHT POLE TO BE REPLACED. DISPOSE OF ELECTRICAL POLES, FOOTINGS AND FIXTURES. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS SHEETS 5 - 10 REMOVE EXISTING BACKBOARDS, HOOPS AND POSTS. DELIVER TO CITY CORP. YARD OR DISPODE AT THE DIRECTION OF THE CITY. EXISTING WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS SHEETS 5 - 10 EXISTING W6 LIGHT POLE TO BE REMOVED. DISPOSE OF POLE, FOOTING AND FIXTURE. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS SHEETS 5 - 10REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING BENCHES. REPAIR CONCRETE PAVING AS REQUIRED. EXISTING LIGHT POLE SHALL BE PROTECTED IN PLACE. REPLACE EXISTING FIXTURES. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS SHEETS 5 - 10 SYMBOL DESCRIPTION REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE DUE TO CRACKS, TRENCHING, INSTALLING NEW EQUIPMENT OR DIFFERENTIAL SETTLEMENT EXISTING BASKETBALL HOOP / BACKBOARD / POST TO BE REMOVED. DELIVER OLD BASKETBALL HOOP / BACKBOARD / POST TO CITY YARD OR AT THE DIRECTION OF THE CITY. REMOVE AND DISPOSE EXISTING TOT LOT SAND TO MEET SUBGRADE REQUIREMENT REMOVE AND DISPOSE EXISTING RESILIENT SURFACING TO MEET SUBGRADE REQUIREMENT D-01 D-02 D-03 D-04 D-05 D-06 D-07 D-08 D-09 D-10 DEMOLITION LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION EXISTING CONTROL JOINTS EXISTING STRUCTURE. PROECT IN PLACE. NEW LIGHT STANDARD REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWING SHEETS 5 - 10 DRAIN AND CATCH BASIN IN TURF AREA - REFER TO GRADING PLAN SHEET 4 DRAIN AND DRYWELL IN PLAY AREA - REFER TO GRADING PLAN SHEET 4 NEW CATCH BASIN IN HARD COURT - REFER TO GRADING PLAN SHEET 4 PHASE II: SCOPE NOT A PART OF THE PHASE I SCOPE RESURFACE BASKETBALL AND PICKLEBALL HARD COURT AREA WITH TITAN TRAX PACKAGE RESURFACING SYSTEM. PROTECT-IN-PLACE EXISTING PLAY EQUIPMENT R-02 R-03 R-04 R-05 R-06 R-07 R-08 R-09 REFERENCE NOTES 2214 6ignature 'ate $RT+8R
'
G8<
I I I
REG I 6TERE'
L$
1 '
6 C$PE
$RC+ I TECT
6 T $ T E
2 F
C
$
L I F2R 1 I $
E;P . 5 / 3 1/ 2 026 10/8/24
2ct 08 2024 2
44pm PRI1T '$TE
10/8/24
0 20 feet 1" = 10' 10 30 40 N O R T H NOTES: FOR CONSTRUCTION DETAILS, SEE SHEET 3 FOR SPECIFICATION SEE BOOKLET NOTES: · ALL TRENCHES SHALL BE BACKFILLED AND COMPACTED TO 85% RELATIVE COMPACTION WITH ON-SITE SOIL. THE TOP TWO INCHES SHALL RECEIVE A 50/50 BLEND OF WASHED CONSTRUCTION SAND AND COMPOSTED ORGANIC TOPDRESSING. HAND SEED FESCUE /RYE MIX AT 8 LBS. PER 1,000 S.F. AND PROVIDE TOPDRESS COVER. · USE EXTREME CARE WHEN TRENCHING FOR DRAIN LINES TO AVOID DAMAGING / SEVERING IRRIGATION PIPING. ALL DAMAGED IRRIGATION PIPE SHALL BE REPAIRED IMMEDIATELY UPON DAMAGE. PROVIDE PHOTO OF DAMAGE THEN REPAIRED PIPE. SUBMIT DIGITAL PHOTOS TO CITY INSPECTOR PRIOR TO BACKFILL. · ALL OPEN TRENCES SHALL BE BACKFILLED BY THE END OF EACH WORKDAY. 6C$LE
1" 1
0" 6ECTI21
4"
MIN.
4 1 3
2 3
6 4
4"
MIN.
5 1'-0"
6"
5 7
3"
2% MIN.
2% MIN. BURIED-IN-PLACE PLAYGROUND SURFACING
A L I GN
1 ADJACENT EXISTING CONCRETE PAVING AND THICKEN EDGE - PROTECT IN PLACE 2-LAYER POURED-IN-PLACE RESILIENT PLAYGROUND SURFACING (SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR SPECIFICATION). 2
3 MINIMUM 4-INCH PERMEABLE CONCRETE4 90% RELATIVE COMPACTED SUB-GRADE5 4 oz NON-WOVEN FILTER FABRIC ON TOP AND SIDES OF SUB-BASE UNDER / BEYOND CURB6 MINIMUM 4-INCH 3/4-INCH CRUSHED ROCK SUB-BASE 4-INCH SCH 40 PERFORATED DRAIN PIPE WITH FILTER SOCK CONNECTING TO DRY WELL SYSTEM - REFER TO CIVIL PLANS FOR LOCATION AND DETAIL. 7 C TYPICAL PAVING JOINTS 6C$LE
1" 1
0" 6ECTI21 ISOLATION JOINT SAWCUT CONTROL JOINT
1 5
7 3
1 8
5 3
1 2
4 3
5 SAWCUT SCORE JOINT
6 EQ EQ
1 3
2 3
1/2" REBAR - PER GEO-TECHNICAL SOILS REPORT RECOMMENDATIONS 12 1/8" RADIUS EDGE3 CONCRETE PAVING - SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN "COLD" JOINT. ALL SECTIONS OF PAVING ON EITHER SIDE OF THE JOINT SHALL BE "STITCHED" TOGETHER BY USE OF 18" LONG #4 DOWELS @ 24" O.C.4 CONCRETE PAVING DETAIL / SUB-GRADE PREPARATION - SEE CONSRUCTION PLAN5 18" LONG #4 "SPEED DOWELS" (OR APPROVED EQUAL) @ 24" O.C.
6 3/16" WIDE (PLUS OR MINUS) X 1/2" DEEP SAWCUT SCORE JOINT. LOCATE WHERE INDICATED ON PLAN.7 3/16" WIDE (PLUS OR MINUS) SAWCUT CONTROL JOINT. JOINT DEPTH SHALL BE 1/3 DEPTH OF CONCRETE PAVING. LOCATE SAWCUT / TROWELED SCORE JOINTS SO AS TO FORM, AS NEAR AS POSSIBLE, 8'-0" TO 12'-0" SQUARE PAVING SECTIONS. SAWCUT JOINTS AS SOON AS POSSIBLE, BUT GENERALLY NO LATER THAN 8 TO 24 HOURS AFTER PAVING INSTALLATION AND WHILE THE CONCRETE IS STILL "PLASTIC". 8 B
1 3
7 4
5 6
9 3
4 10 CONCRETE PAVEMENT 6C$LE
1 1/2" 1
0" 6ECTI21
8 6"
6" 2"
4 5 4"
6" 2" TYPICAL CONCRETE PAVING
8 BASKETBALL SLAB CONCRETE 11
2 6 INCH. MIN. THICK NATURAL COLOR CONCRETE PAVING (560-C-3200) LIGHT BROOM FINISH. PROVIDE SAWCUT CONTROL JOINTS BOTH WAYS AT 15 FEET MAX SPACING PER DETAIL C THIS SHEET. 1 6" MIN. THICK TYPE V / 520-P-2500 CONCRETE PAVING - SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR CONCRETE FINISH.2 #3 BARS @ 24 INCH. O.C. EACH WAY, CENTERED IN SLAB. USE WIRE DOBIE BLOCKS TO PREVENT REINFORCING BAR FROM SAGGING.3 2 INCH. SAND BED FOR PROPER CURING OF CONCRETE.4 PREPARE SUB-GRADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH GEOTECHNICAL SOILS REPORT.56 1/2" BULLNOSE7 DEEPENED EDGE REFER TO DETAIL K, SHEET 4 FOR BASKETBALL COURT AND PICKLE BALL SURFACE TREATMENT8 ADJACENT CONCRETE PAVING - SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN9 SPEED DOWEL PSD 09/#4TX (#4 BAR X18 INCH. LONG) AT 24 INCH. O.C. BETWEEN NEW AND EXISTING PAVEMENT 1011 KEY INTO EXISTING CONCRETE PAVING A DRY WELL - 24-INCH DIA., FWAS24WH 6C$LE
1/2" 1
0" 6ECTI21 1'-0" MIN. 1'-0" MIN.
1'-0"
MIN. 2'-0"
2'-0"
5 6
7 8
9 1 10 NOTE: 1. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 2'-0" 3"
MIN.
4"
MIN.
2 DRY WELL AT PLAYGROUND
3 4"
MIN. 4 2% MIN. 2% MIN. 2-LAYER POURED-IN-PLACE RESILIENT PLAYGROUND SURFACING (SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR SPECIFICATION) 1 MINIMUM 4-INCH 3/4-INCH CRUSHED ROCK SUB-BASE2 MINIMUM 4-INCH PERMEABLE CONCRETE3 4 oz NON-WOVEN FILTER FABRIC ON TOP AND SIDES OF SUB-BASE UNDER / BEYOND CURB4 DRY WELL- NDS FLO-WELL FWAS24 STORM WATER INFILTRATION SYSTEM. KNOCK OUT ALL PERCOLATION HOLES PRIOR TO WRAPPING WITH NDS FWFF67 FILTER FABRIC WRAP (TYP.)5 PIPE TO BE CONNECTED TO DRYWELL WHERE OCCURS ON CIVIL PLANS6 DRAIN INLET WITH 4 FEET SQUARE FILTER FABRIC WHERE OCCURS ON CIVIL PLANS7 3/4-INCH TO 1-1/2-INCH CLEAN GRAVEL BACKFILL 89 140N FILTER FABRIC 90% RELATIVE COMPACTED SUB-GRADE 10 D 2214 6ignature 'ate
$RT+8R
'
G8<
I I I
REG I 6TERE'
L$
1 '
6 C$PE
$RC+ I TECT
6 T $ T E
2 F
C
$
L I F2R 1 I $
E;P . 5 / 3 1/ 2 026 10/8/24
2ct 08 2024 2
44pm PRI1T '$TE
10/8/24
0 20 feet 1" = 10' 10 30 40 N O R T H
E RE6ILIE1T PL$<GR281' 68RF$CI1G C2L2R $1' L$<28T 6C$LE 1" 10
PL$1 9IEW
51.6 51.4
51.4 51.3
50.5 51.2
51.1 50.8
50.7 50.9
50.9 50.4
50.3 50.6
50.8 50.8
50.8 51.0
51.2 51.3
51.0 50.8
50.7 50.7
50.8 50.6
50.8 50.9
51.2 51.54
51.39 51.24
51.36 51.49 51.12 51.11
50.99 51.04
51.13 51.15
51.51 51.52
51.08 51.10
51.05 51.03
51.58 51.54
51.59 50.89
50.96 51.01
50.96 50.68
50.53 50.64
50.75 50.88
50.98 51.10 51.13
51.19 51.48
51.50 51.52
51.45 51.23
51.54 51.57
51.42 51.25
51.11 50.94
50.92 50.93
50.96 50.81
50.62 50.61
50.66 50.97
51.05 51.16
51.23 50.97
51.06 50.96
51.23 51.24
51.29 51.40
53.41 T.W.
53.44 T.W.
22"
24"
24"
20"
24"
Park bench
Park bench
Playground with sand RH11 RH11 RH65 RH65 RH65 RH23 RH41 RH41 RH23 22'-9" 10'-9" 22'-4" 15'-1" 5'-10" 16'-6" 14'-2" 18'-2" 5'-9" 6'-5" 12'-10"
16'-5"
19'-0"
9'-1" 3'-3" 14'-3"
R22'-8"
R36'-9"
R87'-8"
R50'-2"
R26'-10"
R29'-1"
R39'-1"
R38'-9" SPECTRATURF SUPREME COLOR: RH11 - BRIGHT GREEN RH23 - AZURE BLUE RH41 - BRIGHT YELLOW RH65 - LIGHT GREY
X
XX
NOTICE OF EXEMPTION
TO: Office of Planning & Research County Clerk / Registrar Recorder 1400 Tenth Street ATTN: Environmental Filings Clerk
Sacramento, CA 95814 12400 East Imperial Highway, Room 1101 Norwalk, CA 90650
Project Title: Rowley Park Improvements Basketball Court Rehab - Phase 1, JN 530 Project Location (Specific): 13220 Van Ness Ave. Gardena CA 90249 Project Location (City): Gardena Location (County): Los Angeles County Description of nature, purpose and beneficiaries of project: This project will replace existing lighting fixtures, install drainpipes, and replace sand in lot area with poured in-place resilient surfacing.
Name of public agency approving project: City of Gardena Name of person or agency carrying out project: City of Gardena Exempt Status: (Check One)
Ministerial: (P.R.C. Sec. 21080[b][1]; Guidelines Sec. 15268) Declared Emergency: (P.R.C. Sec. 21080[b][3]; Guidelines Sec. 15269[a]) Emergency Project (P.R.C. Sec. 21080[b][4]; Guidelines Sec. 15269[b][c]) X Categorical Exemption: Section 15301 Class 1, Existing Facilities Other: Guidelines Sec. 15061):
_______________________________________________________________________ Reason why project is exempt: This project consists of minor alteration of existing public facilities and involves negligible or no expansion of use beyond that previously existing.
Contact person: Jose Espinoza Telephone: 310-217-9644
If filed by applicant:
1. Attach certified document of exempting finding.
2. Has a notice of exemption been filed by the public agency approving the project? Yes No
Date received for filing:
CLINT OSORIO Date
Environmental Quality Officer
NOTE: Exempt from Dept. of Fish & Game Wildlife Fee in accordance with de minimis impact finding (735.5[c])
Rowley Park Improvements Basketball Court Rehab Phase 1, JN 530 City of Gardena
Gardena City Council Meeting
AGENDA REPORT SUMMARY
Agenda Item No. 16.B
Section: DEPARTMENTAL
ITEMS - PUBLIC WORKS
Meeting Date: February 25, 2025
TO: THE HONORABLE MAYOR AND MEMBERS OF THE GARDENA CITY COUNCIL AGENDA TITLE: Award Construction Contract for the Park Electronic Signage Project, JN 529, to Square Signs LLC dba Front Signs in the amount of $435,015.85. Additionally, Approve the Project Plans & Specifications, $12,000 Construction Support Services Contract with David Volz Design (DVD), 20% of Project Contingency and Declare California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Exemption.
COUNCIL ACTION REQUIRED:
Staff Recommendations:
Award Construction Contract
Approve Project Plans and Specifications
Approve Construction Support Services
Approve Project Contingency
Declare CEQA Exemption
RECOMMENDATION AND STAFF SUMMARY:
The Park Electric Signage Project will demolish the existing sign and install a new doublesided LED message sign, new curbs and landscaping at Rowley Park in the Van Ness Avenue Parking area. The LED sign will be approximately 20 feet by 14 feet, supported by a 34-foothigh steel tubing post (top of the screen to ground elevation) with a 30-inch diameter, 10-footdeep concrete footing. The landscape area will include 250 linear feet of curbs and 1130 square feet of planting area and an irrigation system.
The following four (4) bids were received on January 30, 2025:
1. Square Signs LLC dba Front Signs, Burbank $435,015.85
2. Green Giant Landscape, Inc., La Habra $438,636.10
3. Bravo Sign and Design, Inc., Anaheim $537,885.70
4. US Builders and Consultants, Inc., Irvine $714,700.10 Square Signs was the lowest responsive bidder. They are a state licensed contactor with verified successful construction experience in the field with other nearby municipalities throughout Southern California. They will be required to meet all bonding and financial standards.
Construction support services for the project will be amended to the DVD's consultant's existing design contract as an additional service agreement in the amount of $12,000.
Staff recommends that the City Council approve the award of the construction contract for the Park Electronic Signage Project, JN 529 to Square Signs in the amount of $435,015.85 and additionally:
a. Approve the Plans and Specifications.
b. Approve the Construction Support Services to DVD in the amount of $12,000. c. Approve a 20% of the construction award amount, $87,000, to be utilized for the project Contingency.
d. Declare this project to be Categorically exempt under CEQA, Class 1, Section 15301, as rehabilitation of existing facilities.
FINANCIAL IMPACT/COST:
Source of Funds
Park Land in Lieu $600,833
Total $600,833
Estimated Expenditures
Design Phase Expenditures $24,240
Construction Support Services and Job Cost $20,000
Construction Contract Award $435,015.85
20% Project Contingency $87,000
Total $566,255.85
ATTACHMENTS:
Square Signs Bid.pdf
Approved Rowley Park Plans.pdf
Notice of Exemption JN 529.pdf
Construction Support Proposal - DVD.pdf
JN 529_Project Location Map.pdf
Rowley Park Specifications & Contract Docs.pdf
Rowley Park Reader Sign Board Rendering.pdf
APPROVED:
___________________________________
Clint Osorio, City Manager
W
E
WWW
W E E E S S S S S S S S S E E VAN NESS AVENUE VAN NESS AVENUE 132ND STREET
W. 134TH PLACE N0. REVISIONS DATE BY APP. APPROVED BY : SHT. OF P.W. DIRECTOR/CITY ENGINEER DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DESIGNED BY F. B. REF. LIMITS: PROJECT : NO. DWG. DATE: R .C .E . NO. NO. 3883 EXP. Feb. 2025 DATE SIGNATURE GARY M. VASQUEZ 6-30-2023 Coorporate Office: 151 Kalmus Drive, Suite M8, Costa Mesa, CA 92626 Phone: 714.641.1300 L a n d s c a p e A rch it e c tsAn d Pa r kP lan n e rs ROWLEY PARK ELECTRONIC SIGN DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSCITY OF GARDENA ENGINEERING DIVISION 15 5-2615 ESSMES 1 REVISION 1 10-02-24 UTILITY CONTACT NUMBERS: COMPANY CONTACT TELEPHONE NO. CITY OF GARDENA JEFF JALOMO (310) 217-9430 P.W. TRAFFIC/ELECTRICAL CITY OF GARDENA JOHN SCHERER (310) 217-9599 P.W. SEWER METRO. WATER DISTRICT CIVIL ENG. SUBSTRUCTURE SEC. (213) 217-7059 L.A. DEPARTMENT OF JOSE PORRAS (213) 367-1049 WATER & POWER L.A. SANITATION DISTRICT JON GANZ (562) 908-4288 L.A. COUNTY FLOOD DARYLL CHENOWETH (626) 458-3709 CONTROL DISTRICT CHEVRON PIPELINE CO. DAVE ZERLER (310) 669-4014 CROWN CASTLE HECTOR AGUILERA (951) 454-5111 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA JOSHUA REMIJIO (562) 882-2883 EDISON COMPANY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA SALVADOR GONZALES (310) 970-4844 GAS COMPANY GOLDEN STATE WATER CO. JOSEPH SALICIDO (310) 660-0320 X101 CONDE VENTURA (310) 701-2500 AT&T/SBC/PACIFIC BELL RAYMOND DOVE (310) 515-4257 MARCO A. PEREZ (626) 491-5503 TIME WARNER/SPECTRUM ARTURO FERNANDEZ (310) 750-9099 CALIFORNIA UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT (USA) (800) 422-4133 GENERAL NOTES: 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS BEFORE STARTING WORK. 2. THE ENGINEER DOES NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OF SCALED DIMENSIONS ON ANY PLAN. ALL DIMENSIONS SHALL BE AS DESIGNATED ON THE PLANS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY 3. DURING THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK DONE UNDER THE CONTRACT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE THE NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO AVOID ANY DAMAGE TO ANY STRUCTURES ADJACENT TO THE PROJECT BOUNDARIES. 4. EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN ARE BASED ON AVAILABLE RECORDS OF PARENT UTILITY COMPANIES AND MAY NOT ACCURATELY REPRESENT THEIR ACTUAL LOCATIONS. PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE ACTUAL LOCATIONS (VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL) OF ALL UTILITIES, IN THE FIELD OR COORDINATE SUCH INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION WITH THE PARENT UTILITY COMPANIES AND PROVIDE THE CITY WITH THE POTHOLE INFORMATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT IN PLACE OR COORDINATE WITH PARENT COMPANY FOR THE RELOCATION OF CONFLICTING UTILITIES ENCOUNTERED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 5. ADJUST UTILITY VALVE COVERS, UTILITY BOXES, TRAFFIC SIGNAL BOXES, ETC. TO FINISH GARDE. PAYMENT SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE APPLICABLE CONSTRUCTION BID ITEM AND REFER TO CONSTRUCTION NOTE AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS. 6. PROVIDE TRAFFIC CONTROL PER TECHNICAL PROVISIONS. 7. ALL SURVEY CENTERLINE TIES AND MONUMENTS THAT ARE DAMAGED OR REMOVED SHALL BE RE-ESTABLISHED. 8. INSPECTIONS REQUIRED. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION, OBTAINING NECESSARY APPLICABLE PERMITS WITH LOCAL AGENCIES AND OTHER OWNERS HAVING JURISDICTION AND PREPARING REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION NECESSARY FOR PERMITTING. 10. PROTECT ALL STORM DRAINS, CATCH BASINS, ETC. WITH SAND BAGS, FABRIC, AND OTHER APPROPRIATE BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES. 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT (USA) AT 1-800-422-4133 TWO WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION WORK. SHEET INDEX SHEET NO. SHEET DESCRIPTION FILE NO. 1 TITLE SHEET T.1 2 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SCHEDULE AND PLAN 34 IRRIGATION LEGEND, PLAN, AND NOTES 5 IRRIGATION DETAILS 6 PLANTING LEGEND AND PLAN 7 PLANTING DETAILS AND NOTES ELECTRICAL LEGENDS & NOTES SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM LC.1 LI.1 LI.2 LP.1 LP.2 E0.1 E0.2 P.W. F.D. P.D. C.H. 91
N.C.C EL SEGUNDO BLVD MAGNOLIA AVE. MANHATTAN BEACH BLVD. MARINE AVE. ROSECRANS AVE. REDOND BEACH BLVD. 158 th ST. 161st ST.
GRAMERCY PL. ARTESIA BLVD. 166 th ST.
CRENSHAW BLVD 135 th ST.
AVE.
AVE.
VERMONT AVE.
WESTERN
NORMANDIE 168th ST. 170 th ST. GARDENA BLVD 162 nd ST. 164th ST.
VAN NESS AVE. 182 nd ELECTRIC ST. 405 110 VICINITY MAP N.T.S. T.1 TITLE SHEET ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN E1.1 89 DESIGN TEAM OWNER CITY OF GARDENA 1717 WEST 162ND STREET GARDENA, CA 90247 CONTACT: JUN DE CASTRO PHONE: 310-217-9642 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT DAVID VOLZ DESIGN 151 KALMUS DRIVE, SUITE M8 COSTA MESA, CA 92626 CONTACT: ERIC STERLING PHONE: 714-501-8791 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER DESIGN WEST ENGINEER 412 E. VANDERBILT WAY SAN BERNADINO, CA 92408 CONTACT: ROY MORALES PHONE: 909-890-3700 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER SHUCRI YAGHI CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. 112 E. CHAPMAN AVE, SUITE D ORANGE, CA 92866 CONTACT: ABE YAGHI PHONE: 714-997-9120 0 30' 60' 120' ROWLEY PARK SITE MAP Scale: 1" = 60'-0" NORTH 1 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LD.1 LD.2 101112 DEMOLITION PLAN D.1 15 STRUCTURAL DETAIL S-1 NEW ELECTRONIC SIGN PROJECT LOCATION ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E2.1 1314 APPLICABLE CODES: ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST ADOPTED EDITION OF: 1. THIS PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO BOTH SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION PER CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) CHAPTER 17. 2. THE CITY OF GARDENA STANDARD PLANS. 3. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION (GREEN BOOK). 4. REINFORCED CONCRETE PER CBC 1705.3.. 5. DEEP FOUNDATION PER CBC 1705.8. 6. WELDING PER 2022 CBC. (E) COMMUNITY CENTER LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LD.3 (E) RESTROOM BUILDING (E) PARKING LOT (E) PARKING LOT W
E
W
W
W
W E E E S S S S S S S S S E E DEMOLITION PLAN N0. REVISIONS DATE BY APP. APPROVED BY : SHT. OF P.W. DIRECTOR/CITY ENGINEER DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DESIGNED BY F. B. REF. LIMITS: PROJECT : NO. DWG. DATE: R .C .E . NO. NO. 3883 EXP. Feb. 2025 DATE SIGNATURE GARY M. VASQUEZ 6-30-2023 Coorporate Office: 151 Kalmus Drive, Suite M8, Costa Mesa, CA 92626 Phone: 714.641.1300 L a n d s c a p e A rch it e c tsAn d Pa r kP lan n e rs ROWLEY PARK ELECTRONIC SIGN DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSCITY OF GARDENA ENGINEERING DIVISION 15 5-2615 ESSMES 1 REVISION 1 10-02-24 D.1 Match Line 'A', See Below
Match Line 'A', See Above
(E) RESTROOM BLDG PROTECT-IN-PLACE NORTH Scale: 1" = 20'-0" 0 5' 10' 20' 40' (E) COMMUNITY CENTER PROTECT-IN-PLACEVAN NESS AVENUE VAN NESS AVENUE 132ND STREET 2 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING ELECTRONIC SIGN, FOOTING, ETC., AND CONCRETE SLAB BACKFILL W/ CLEAN DIRT. PROTECT ELECTRICAL WIRES, PULLBOX, AND CONDUIT IN PLACE. PROPERTY LINE (E) TRANSFORMER PROTECT-IN-PLACE PROPERTY LINE DEMOLISH EXISTING AC PAVING AND BASE TO SUBGRADE TO A DEPTH OF 18" SCARIFY SUBBASE PER LANDSCAPE SPECIFICATIONS BEFORE IMPORTING SUITABLE PLANTING SOIL. REMOVE ONE PARKING STALL LIMIT OF WORK LIMIT OF WORK LIMIT OF WORK LIMIT OF WORK (E) TREE - (E) TREE PROTECT-IN-PLACE PROTECT-IN-PLACE (E) TREE PROTECT-IN-PLACE (E) TREE PROTECT-IN-PLACE PROPERTY LINE (E) SIDEWALK PROTECT-IN-PLACE (E) SIDEWALK PROTECT-IN-PLACE (E) SIDEWALK PROTECT-IN-PLACE (E) SIDEWALK PROTECT-IN-PLACE (E) PARKWAY PROTECT-IN-PLACE (E) PARKWAY PROTECT-IN-PLACE LIMIT OF WORK GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL THE NECESSARY PERMITS AND AGENCY INSPECTIONS PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. 2. ALL DISPOSAL ITEMS SHALL BE MARKED AND IDENTIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO REMOVAL. ALL DISPOSAL ITEMS SHALL BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO REMOVAL. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT-IN-PLACE ALL TREES, SHRUBS, AND GROUND COVER UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE DEMOLITION PLAN. THE CONTRACTOR TO REPAIR TURF, SHRUBS, OR TREES DAMAGED DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS. 4. DISPOSAL OF ALL REMOVED ITEMS DURING DEMOLITION OF THIS SITE SHALL BE DISPOSED AND/OR SALVAGED ACCORDING TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND/OR CITY ORDINANCES AND LAWS. 5. DUST SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY WATERING. 6. DEMOLITION OPERATIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE UPON SATISFACTION AND WRITTEN APPROVAL BY THE CITY'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL A MIN. 6' HIGH CONSTRUCTION FENCE. WITH PRIVACY SCREEN. 8. CONSTRUCTION FENCE SHALL BE IN-PLACE AROUND PERIMETER OF SITE PRIOR TO ANY AND ALL CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN FENCE IN GOOD CONDITION AND UPRIGHT AT ALL TIMES SO AS TO KEEP SITE SECURE AND TO NOT BE A HAZARD TO THE PUBLIC. THE CONSTRUCTION FENCE SHALL BE ADJUSTED AS NEEDED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING AN ACCESSIBLE PATH AT ALL TIMES WITHIN THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY. IF TEMPORARY CLOSURES ARE NEEDED TO THE SIDEWALK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN TO THE CITY ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL. CONSTRUCTION FENCE AND ACCESS GATE SHALL BE LOCKED AND SECURE AT THE END OF EACH DAY. A COMBINATION LOCK SHALL BE USED AND THE COMBINATION SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE POLICE, FIRE AND CITY IN CASE OF EMERGENCY. CONSTRUCTION FENCE TO REMAIN IN-PLACE UNTIL REMOVAL IS APPROVED BY THE CITY. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GIVE NOTICE TO AND COORDINATE WITH UTILITY AGENCIES. PROTECT-IN-PLACE THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: 1. PRESSURE MAINLINE, BACKFLOW PREVENTERS, CONTROL WIRES. 2. STREET, TRAFFIC SIGNS, AND STREET LIGHTS. 3. ALL TREES TO BE PROTECT-IN-PLACE. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. CURB AND GUTTER 5. UTILITIES INCLUDING VALVE BOXES AND PULLBOXES (E) PARKING LOT (E) PARKING LOT (E) WATER LINE (E) SEWER LINE
(E) ELECTRICAL LINE
(E) ELECTRICAL LINE
LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAIL N0. REVISIONS DATE BY APP. APPROVED BY : SHT. OF P.W. DIRECTOR/CITY ENGINEER DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DESIGNED BY F. B. REF. LIMITS: PROJECT : NO. DWG. DATE: R .C .E . NO. NO. 3883 EXP. Feb. 2025 DATE SIGNATURE GARY M. VASQUEZ 6-30-2023 Coorporate Office: 151 Kalmus Drive, Suite M8, Costa Mesa, CA 92626 Phone: 714.641.1300 L a n d s c a p e A rch it e c tsAn d Pa r kP lan n e rs ROWLEY PARK ELECTRONIC SIGN DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSCITY OF GARDENA ENGINEERING DIVISION 15 5-2615 ESSMES 1 REVISION 1 10-02-24 LD.2 5 1 POST MOUNTED VIDEO DISPLAY SIGN 10' X 20' (2 SIDED) 1/2"=1'-0" SIGN FRAMING SECTION POST W/ WELDED CAP 'GARDENA BLUE' FINISH GRADE. SLOPE 2% AWAY FROM SIGN. TOP OF FOOTING T h e C i t y o f G A R D E N A 15'-7" 14" 20' 12" 8" 5"
13'-8"
10' 18" 5" 6" HT. 3M VINYL LETTERING ON 2 SIDES (FRONT AND REAR). COLOR TO BE: WHITE ALUMINUM SKIN W/ POWDER COATED FINISH. COLOR TO BE 'GARDENA BLUE' ALUMINUM SKIN W/ POWDER COATED FINISH. COLOR TO BE 'GARDENA GOLD' ALUMINUM FRAME AND SKIN W/ POWDER COATED FINISH. COLOR TO BE 'GARDENA BLUE' PROVIDE INTAKE VENTS ALUMINUM SKIN W/ POWDER COATED FINISH. COLOR TO BE 'GARDENA BLUE' PROVIDE EXHAUST VENTS ALUMINUM SKIN W/ POWDER COATED FINISH. COLOR TO BE 'GARDENA GOLD' POST MOUNTED VIDEO DISPLAY SIGN 10' X 20' (2 SIDED) PER LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL SCHEDULE. SADDLE MOUNT TO POST. SEE STRUCTURAL DETAIL SHEET S-1. NOTE: 1. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FROM SIGN FABRICATOR W/ COLOR RENDERINGS AND SAMPLES FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 2. PROVIDE VENTS AND DRAIN HOLES AS REQUIRED BY VIDEO DISPLAY SIGN MANUFACTURER. 3. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, CONNECTIONS, AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION. 4. ALL DISSIMILAR METALS TO BE PROPERLY ISOLATED. 5. SEE STRUCTURAL DETAIL, SHEET S-1 AND STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS. 8" 5" 1' 1'-2" 15'-7" 1'-2" 1' SIGN BOX DESIGN BY SIGN MANUFACTURER1-1/2" x 1-1/2" ALUMINUM ANGLE FRAMING RIVETED OR GLUED BY SIGN MANUFACTURER. SIGN MANUFACTURER TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS. 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" ALUMINUM ANGLE FRAMING. SIGN MANUFACTURER TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS. 1/2"=1'-0" FRONT & REAR ELEVATION 1/2"=1'-0" FINISH GRADE. SLOPE 2% AWAY FROM SIGN. STEEL BASE PLATE COVER - 31" SQ. X 15" HT. BOLTED TOGETHER W/ TAMPER RESISTANT S.S. BOLTS. 20'-0" 10'-0" - SEE STRUCTURAL SHET S-1 5'-0" DIA. SEE STRUCTURAL SHEET S-1 4" 1/2" RADIUS REINFORCED CONCRETE FOOTING. SEE STRUCTURAL SHEET S-1. 4'-4" (2) CONDUIT FOR DATA AND POWER INSIDE POST. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS. HAND HOLE W/ COVER 15" CLEAR OF BASE PLATE. FINISH GRADE. SLOPE 2% AWAY FROM SIGN. 4'-4" 13'-8"
33'-8"
20'-0" SIDE ELEVATION 1/2"=1'-0" 10" 1'-4"
10' 1'-6" SECTION 1/2"=1'-0" 3" x 3" x 1/4" MILD STL FRAMING SUPPORT TYP. 15" STEEL BASE PLATE W/ WELDED GUSSETS SEE STRUCTURAL SHEET S-1. ANCHOR BOLTS. SEE STRUCTURAL SHEET S-1. ACCESS PANEL AS REQUIRED BY VIDEO DISPLAY MANUFACTURER VIDEO DISPLAY 5' SETBACK SLOPE 2% AWAY FROM POST RIGHT - OF - WAY (E) SIDEWALK 4"x 4" x 1/4" HSS SUPPORT WELDED TO POST W/ CONTINUOUS FILLET WELD POST. SEE STRUCTURAL SHEET S-1. 4"x 4" x 1/4" HSS SUPPORT WELDED TO POST W/ CONTINUOUS FILLET WELD 2 1/2" 11-1/16" 9'-10 1/2" 1'-8"
2'-7" 9'-2" MANIFACTURER'S T-CLIP BOLTED TO VIDEO DISPLAY. ATTACH TO STRUCTURAL SUPPORT PER MANUFACTURER'S DRAWING 3183257 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAIL N0. REVISIONS DATE BY APP. APPROVED BY : SHT. OF P.W. DIRECTOR/CITY ENGINEER DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DESIGNED BY F. B. REF. LIMITS: PROJECT : NO. DWG. DATE: R .C .E . NO. NO. 3883 EXP. Feb. 2025 DATE SIGNATURE GARY M. VASQUEZ 6-30-2023 Coorporate Office: 151 Kalmus Drive, Suite M8, Costa Mesa, CA 92626 Phone: 714.641.1300 L a n d s c a p e A rch it e c tsAn d Pa r kP lan n e rs ROWLEY PARK ELECTRONIC SIGN DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSCITY OF GARDENA ENGINEERING DIVISION 15 5-2615 ESSMES 1 REVISION 1 10-02-24 LD.3 6 SEE 1 POST MOUNTED VIDEO DISPLAY SIGN 10' X 20' (2 SIDED) DRAWING W E W
W
W
W
E E E S S S S S S S S S E E IRRIGATION LEGEND, PLAN, AND NOTES N0. REVISIONS DATE BY APP. APPROVED BY : SHT. OF P.W. DIRECTOR/CITY ENGINEER DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DESIGNED BY F. B. REF. LIMITS: PROJECT : NO. DWG. DATE: R .C .E . NO. NO. 3883 EXP. Feb. 2025 DATE SIGNATURE GARY M. VASQUEZ 6-30-2023 Coorporate Office: 151 Kalmus Drive, Suite M8, Costa Mesa, CA 92626 Phone: 714.641.1300 L a n d s c a p e A rch it e c tsAn d Pa r kP lan n e rs ROWLEY PARK ELECTRONIC SIGN DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSCITY OF GARDENA ENGINEERING DIVISION 15 5-2615 ESSMES 1 REVISION 1 10-02-24 LI.1 7 REFER TO SHEET T.1 FOR GENERAL NOTES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THE FUNCTIONALITY OF THE EXISTING IRRIGATION SYSTEM PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION. WHERE THE NEW IMPROVEMENTS DO IMPACT THE PERFORMANCE OF THE EXISTING IRRIGATION SYSTEM THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO REPAIR/RELOCATE EXISTING NON-PRESSURE LATERAL LINES AND POP-UP SPRAY HEADS WITHIN 5 DAYS. THE MODIFICATION OF THE EXISTING IRRIGATION SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE HEAD TO HEAD COVERAGE WITH MINIMAL OVERSPRAY ONTO THE WALKS, SIGNS, FENCES, AND DRIVES. WHERE EXISTING VALVES SERVING TURF IRRIGATION ARE TO REMAIN VIABLE THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING NEW IRRIGATION HEADS/ROTORS, NOZZLES AND NON-PRESSURE LATERAL LINE PIPE TO ENSURE FUNCTIONALITY OF THE SYSTEM. ALL NEW PRODUCTS INSTALLED TO BE OF LIKE KIND FOUND IN THE FIELD UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE IN THESE PLANS. THE CONTRACTOR WILL CUT AND CAP NON-PRESSURE LATERAL LINES AT THE LIMITS OF NEW WORK AND MARK ALL NON-PRESSURE LATERAL LINES 5 FEET BEYOND THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DISPOSE OF ANY UNUSED NON-PRESSURE PIPE WITHIN THE NEW CONSTRUCTION AREAS AND COMPACT WHERE NON-PRESSURE PIPES WERE REMOVED. IRRIGATION ADJUSTMENTS AT LIMIT OF IMPROVEMENTS VERIFY THE ACTUAL LOCATION, SIZE AND WATER PRESSURE IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. IF ANY OF THE P.O.C. INFORMATION SHOW ON THESE DRAWINGS IS FOUND TO BE DIFFERENT THAN THE ACTUAL P.O.C. INFORMATION GATHERED IN THE FIELD, IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR FAIL TO VERIFY THE P.O.C. INFORMATION ANY CHANGES REQUIRED BY LOW PRESSURE OR VOLUME SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. EXISTING MAINLINE: THE EXISTING MAINLINE IS SHOWN TO BE DIAGRAMMATIC. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO FIELD VERIFY THE MAINLINE'S ACTUAL LOCATION. NEW REMOTE CONTROL VALVES: THE NEW REMOTE CONTROL VALVES SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE EXISTING MAINLINE AT THE APPROXIMATE LOCATION SHOWN ON PLANS. THE CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE EXISTING MAINLINE AND NEW VALVES WILL REQUIRE ADDITIONAL PIPES AND FITTINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ANY NECESSARY MATERIALS AND/OR EQUIPMENT TO SUCCESSFULLY CONNECT NEW VALVES TO EXISTING MAINLINE. LINK NEW REMOTE CONTROL VALVES TO THE EXISTING CONTROLLER WITH THE EXISTING CONTROL WIRES. SPLICE AND ADD NEW CONTROL WIRES AS NECESSARY TO LINK NEW VALVES WITH EXISTING CONTROLLER. EXISTING MAINLINE MODIFICATIONS: MODIFICATIONS TO THE EXISTING MAINLINE SHALL BE MADE TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE CITY ENGINEER AND LOCAL WATER PURVEYOR. NOTES NORTH Scale: 1" = 20'-0" 0 5' 10' 20' 40' VAN NESS AVENUE
LIMIT OF WORK
LIMIT OF WORK
LIMIT OF WORK C1 1" 8.8 C2 1" 2.0 IRRIGATION LEGEND NIBCO GATE VALVE VALVE SIZE TO MATCH LINE SIZE EXISTING PRESSURE MAINLINE NON-PRESSURE LATERAL LINE SCHEDULE 40 PVC MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL SYMBOL MANUFACTURER/ DESCRIPTION MODEL HOUSING COMMENTS PIPING SYMBOL MANUFACTURER/ DESCRIPTION MODELCARSON # 910 W/ T-COVER AND L-BOLT LOCK CARSON #1419 W/ FLUSH COVER AND L-BOLT LOCK SIZE PER PLAN COMMENTS CARSON #1220 W/ FLUSH COVER AND L-BOLT LOCK CARSON # 910 W/ T-COVER AND L-BOLT LOCK NETAFIM LINE FLUSHING VALVE TL050MFV-1 IN-LINE DRIP MANUFACTURER/ DESCRIPTION NOZZLE RAD. HOUSING FLOW PSI PRECIP. RATE SYMBOL SLEEVING BUBBLER 1404 N/A 30 N/A TREE BUBBLERS MANUFACTURER/ DESCRIPTION NOZZLE RAD. HOUSING FLOW PSI PRECIP. RATE RAINBIRD ROOT WATERING SYS. 1.0 GPM SYMBOL RWS-B-C-1404 RWS-SOCK INSTALL (2) PER TREE XFS-06-12 N/A 30 RAINBIRD DRIP LINE TUBING AREA PERIMETER 0.6 GPH INSTALL 4" BELOW FINISH GRADE. REFER TO DETAILS FOR TUBING LAYOUT. RAINBIRD 1" QUICK COUPLING VALVE 44LRC CARSON # 910 W/ T-COVER AND L-BOLT LOCK RAINBIRD AIR RELIEF VALVE KIT ARV050 CARSON # 809 W/ T-COVER AND L-BOLT LOCK N/A SCHEDULE 40 PVC SIZE PER PLAN INSTALL PER DETAILS REFER TO IRRIGATION NOTES ON SHEET LI.3. INSTALL PER DETAILS RAINBIRD REMOTE CONTROL VALVE PEB RAINBIRD 1" REMOTE CONTROL DRIP ZONE KIT XCZ-100-PRB-COM 120 MESH INSTALL PER MANUFACT. SPECIFICATIONS INSTALL PER MANUFACT. SPECIFICATIONS INSTALL PER MANUFACT. SPECIFICATIONS N/A N/A T-113-K EXISTING X" DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE EXISTING X" BACKFLOW PREVENTER MBF PROTECT IN PLACE PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING EXISTING C EXISTING (X) STATION CONTROLLER EXISTING PROTECT IN PLACE PROTECT IN PLACE AND MODIFY AS NEEDED. USE PVC CLASS 315 FOR SIZES 2" AND LARGER AND PVC SCH.40 FOR SIZES 1-1/2" AND SMALLER FOR ANY MODIFICATIONS DEEMED NECESSARY. NOTES (E) TREE - PROTECT-IN-PLACE (E) TREE PROTECT-IN-PLACE (E) SIDEWALK PROPERTY LINE PROTECT-IN-PLACE (E) SIDEWALK PROTECT-IN-PLACE (E) PARKWAY PROTECT-IN-PLACE KEY MAP N.T.S. 132ND STREET
W 134TH PLACE VAN NESS AVENUE (E) WATER LINE (E) SEWER LINE (E) ELECTRICAL LINE
(E) ELECTRICAL LINE
(E) RESTROOM BLDG
(E) TRANSFOMER
(E) SIDEWALK PROTECT-IN-PLACE
IRRIGATION DETAILS LI.2 N0. REVISIONS DATE BY APP. APPROVED BY : SHT. OF P.W. DIRECTOR/CITY ENGINEER DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DESIGNED BY F. B. REF. LIMITS: PROJECT : NO. DWG. DATE: R .C .E . NO. NO. 3883 EXP. Feb. 2025 DATE SIGNATURE GARY M. VASQUEZ 6-30-2023 Coorporate Office: 151 Kalmus Drive, Suite M8, Costa Mesa, CA 92626 Phone: 714.641.1300 L a n d s c a p e A rch it e c tsAn d Pa r kP lan n e rs ROWLEY PARK ELECTRONIC SIGN DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSCITY OF GARDENA ENGINEERING DIVISION 15 5-2615 ESSMES 1 REVISION 1 10-02-24 DRIP LINE LAYOUTFVFV NOTE: THE TOTAL LENGTH OF ALL INTERCONNECTED DRIP LINE SHALL NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM RUN LENGTH. MANUAL FLUSH VALVE PVC FLUSH MANIFOLD MANIFOLD TO ELL CONNECTION PVC LATERAL FROM DRIP ZONE KIT PVC SUPPLY MANIFOLD DRIP LINE TUBING SPACE ROWS 18" O.C. 18" AREA PERIMETER MANIFOLD TO TEE CONNECTION AV DRIP LINE BLANK LATERAL AIR/VACUUM RELIEF VALVE A NOT TO SCALE 4" 12" FINISH GRADE TOP OF MULCH DRIP LINE TUBING PVC LATERAL/SUPPLY LINE STAKE AT 5' O.C. XF BLANK TUBING XFF-TEE 17MM BARB X BARB TEE XF-MA-075 3/4" MPT X 17MM BARB PVC TEE WITH 3/4" FPT OUTLET C DRIP LINE MANIFOLD TO ELL CONNECTION B DRIP LINE MANIFOLD TO TEE CONNECTION 4" 12" FINISH GRADE TOP OF MULCH STAKE AT 5' O.C.DRIP LINE XFF-ELBOW TUBING 17MM BARB X BARB 90 ELBOW XF BLANK TUBING PVC TEE WITH 3/4" FPT OUTLET PVC LATERAL/SUPPLY LINE XF-MA-075 3/4" MPT X 17MM BARB D LINE FLUSHING VALVE NOT TO SCALE PLASTIC VALVE BOX 10" RND. W/ LOCKABLE LID NOTE: HEAT BRAND 'FV' ONTO LID IN 2" LETTERS FINISH GRADE 2" IN SHRUB AREAS AUTOMATIC LINE FLUSHING VALVE. REFER TO IRRIGATION LEGEND. 1/2" PVC SCH. 80 NIPPLE- LENGTH AS REQUIRED. BRICK SUPPORTS PVC PIPE TO FLUSH MANIFOLD 3/4" CRUSHED GRAVEL PVC S X T 90° 6" DEEP ELL- SIZE AS REQUIRED NOT TO SCALE DRIP AIR RELIEF VALVE FINISH GRADE USE ONE AIR RELIEF VALVE FOR EVERY 7 GPM PER ZONE. LOCATE AT HIGH POINTS. RUN AIR RELIEF BLANK TUBING LATERAL ALONG HIGH POINT OF SECTION. ATTACH ALL DRIP TUBING TO BLANK LATERAL. MORE THAN TWO AIR RELIEF VALVES MAY NEED TO BE INSTALLED PER SECTION. NOTE: HEAT BRAND 'AR' ONTO LID IN 2" LETTERS PLASTIC VALVE BOX 7" RND. W/ LOCKABLE LID AIR RELIEF/VACUUM VALVE ADAPTER TEE SUBSURFACE DRIP LINE TUBING BRICK SUPPORTS 3/4" CRUSHED GRAVEL 6" DEEP E NOT TO SCALE NOTE: HEAT BRAND 'RCV' AND CONTROL STATION # ONTO LID IN 2" LETTERS 24" WIRE COIL AND WATERPROOF WIRE CONNECTORS FINISH GRADE BRICK SUPPORTS 3/4" CRUSHED GRAVEL 12" DEEP PLASTIC RECTANGULAR VALVE BOX WITH LOCKABLE COVER, BOX TO BE PLACED AT RIGHT ANGLE TO HARDSCAPE EDGE. REMOTE CONTROL VALVE PVC SLIP UNION (2 REQ.) SCH.80 T.O.E. NIPPLE (2 REQ.) NOTES: 1. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. F REMOTE CONTROL VALVE NOT TO SCALE SCH. 80 PLASTIC BALL VALVE PVC LATERAL LINE PVC MAINLINE AND FITTINGS JUMBO PLASTIC RECTANGULAR VALVE BOX WITH LOCKABLE COVER, BOX TO BE PLACED AT RIGHT ANGLE TO HARDSCAPE EDGE. 24" WIRE COIL AND WATERPROOF WIRE CONNECTORS FINISH GRADE PVC LATERAL LINE TO DRIP SYSTEM BRICK SUPPORTS PVC SLIP UNION (2 REQ.) FILTER / PRESSURE REGULATOR REMOTE CONTROL VALVE 3/4" CRUSHED GRAVEL 12" DEEP SCH.80 T.O.E. NIPPLE (2 REQ.) PVC MAINLINE AND FITTINGS SCH. 80 PLASTIC BALL VALVE NOTES: 1. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. G REMOTE CTRL. DRIP ZONE VALVE (SIZE 1") NOT TO SCALE NOTE: HEAT BRAND 'RCV' AND CONTROL STATION # ONTO LID IN 2" LETTERS FLOW 1. BOX TO BE INSTALLED AS TO ALLOW FOR PROPER OPERATION OF GATE VALVE B BRICK SUPPORTS BRASS NIPPLE PVC MALE ADAPTER BRASS UNION 2" MIN. NOTE: HEAT BRAND 'GV' ONTO LID IN 2" LETTERS FINISH GRADE PLASTIC VALVE BOX, 10" ROUND WITH LOCKABLE COVER PVC MAINLINE AND FITTINGS GATE VALVE (REFER TO IRRIGATION LEGEND) 3/4" CRUSHED GRAVEL 12" DEEP 2" IN SHRUB AREAS NOTES: H GATE VALVE NOT TO SCALE 36" 2"MIN. UNDISTURBED SOIL PAVING 6" 90% CLEAN BACKFILL AS REQUIRED. MAINLINE AND CONTROL WIRES IN SCH 40 SLEEVES LATERAL LINES IN SCH 40 SLEEVE I SLEEVE INSTALLATION NOT TO SCALE 8 SYMBOL CODE BOTANICAL / COMMON NAME SIZE WUCOLS QTY REMARKS TREES CER OCC Cercis occidentalis Western Redbud 24"box LOW 1 SHRUBS RHA CLA Rhaphiolepis indica 'Clara' Clara Indian Hawthorn 5 gal LOW 118 PLANT SCHEDULEW E W W W W E E E S S S S S S S S S E E LP.1 N0. REVISIONS DATE BY APP. APPROVED BY : SHT. OF P.W. DIRECTOR/CITY ENGINEER DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DESIGNED BY F. B. REF. LIMITS: PROJECT : NO. DWG. DATE: R .C .E . NO. NO. 3883 EXP. Feb. 2025 DATE SIGNATURE GARY M. VASQUEZ 6-30-2023 Coorporate Office: 151 Kalmus Drive, Suite M8, Costa Mesa, CA 92626 Phone: 714.641.1300 L a n d s c a p e A rch it e c tsAn d Pa r kP lan n e rs ROWLEY PARK ELECTRONIC SIGN DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSCITY OF GARDENA ENGINEERING DIVISION 15 5-2615 ESSMES 1 REVISION 1 10-02-24 NORTH Scale: 1" = 20'-0" 0 5' 10' 20' 40' PLANTING LEGEND AND PLAN 9 REFER TO SHEET LP.2 FOR PLANTING NOTES REFER TO SHEET T.1 FOR GENERAL NOTES (E) RESTROOM BLDG VAN NESS AVENUE
LIMIT OF WORK
LIMIT OF WORK LIMIT OF WORK LIMIT OF WORK
(E) TREE - PROTECT-IN-PLACE (E) TREE PROTECT-IN-PLACE PROPERTY LINE (E) SIDEWALK PROTECT-IN-PLACE (E) SIDEWALK PROTECT-IN-PLACE (E) SIDEWALK PROTECT-IN-PLACE (E) PARKWAY PROTECT-IN-PLACE KEY MAP N.T.S. 132ND STREET
W 134TH PLACE VAN NESS AVENUE (E) ELECTRICAL LINE (E) WATER LINE (E) SEWER LINE (E) ELECTRICAL LINE
(E) TRANSFOMER
POWER LEGENDS AND SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION (CON'T) POWER LEGEND AND SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 200-Y CONDUIT WIRING DESCRIPTION PER FEEDER SCHEDULE ON OTHER PLAN CONCRETE ELECTRICAL PULL BOX WITH LID APPROPRIATE FOR INSTALLATION LOCATION. LID SHALL BE LABELED "ELECTRICAL" OR "COMM" ACCORDING TO USE. 200-D CONDUIT WIRING DESCRIPTION PER FEEDER SCHEDULE ON OTHER PLAN LIGHTING LEGEND AND SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATIONS A AMPERE AF AMPERE FRAME RATING (CIRCUIT BREAKER) AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AFU AMPERE FUSE RATING (FUSE) AIC AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY AS AMPERE SWITCH RATING (FUSE) AT AMPERE TRIP RATING (CIRCUIT BREAKER) AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE BKBD BACKBOARD BLDG BUILDING BKR BREAKER C CONDUIT CB CIRCUIT BREAKER CKT CIRCUIT CFSD COMBINATION FIRE SMOKE DAMPER CO CONDUIT ONLY CONC CONCRETE CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER CU COPPER CL CENTERLINE DISC DISCONNECT DSBN DISTRIBUTION SECTION DN DOWN DWG DRAWING EA EACH EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EM EMERGENCY EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING EXIST, (E) EXISTING EXO EXTERNAL OPERABLE DISCONNECT F FUSE FA FIRE ALARM FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FF FINISHED FLOOR FG FINISHED GRADE FLA FULL LOAD CURRENT FLUOR FLUORESCENT GEN GENERATOR GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER GFP GROUND FAULT PROTECTION GND GROUND HOA HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC HP HORSE POWER HV HIGH VOLTAGE IDF INTERMEDIATE DISTRIBUTION FRAME IG ISOLATED/INSULATED GROUND INCAND INCANDESCENT ISC SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT AVAILABLE IN RMS SYMMETRICAL AMPERES J-BOX JUNCTION BOX KCMIL THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS KW KILOWATT KV KILO VOLT KVA KILO VOLT-AMPERE LDC LOCAL DISTRIBUTION CABINET LDF LOCAL DISTRIBUTION FRAME LCL LONG CONTINUOUS LOAD LTG LIGHTING LV LOW VOLTAGE MFR MANUFACTURER MAX MAXIMUM MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MIN MINIMUM MH MANHOLE / METAL HALIDE M/M METER AND MAIN SECTION MULTI MULTI-METER SECTION MV MEDIUM VOLTAGE NC NORMALLY CLOSED NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION NEW (N) NEW, TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR NF NON-FUSED NIC NOT IN CONTRACT N/L NIGHT LIGHT NO NUMBER, NORMALLY OPEN NTS NOT TO SCALE OC ON CENTER OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER P POLE PB PULL BOX PF POWER FACTOR PNL PANEL POC POINT OF CONNECTION PP POWER POLE PWR POWER PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE QUAD QUADRUPLEX QTY QUANTITY REQD REQUIRED REQMT REQUIREMENT RGS RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL RMC RIGID METALLIC CONDUIT RM ROOM RNC RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT SHT SHEET SN SOLID NEUTRAL SPEC SPECIFICATIONS SPDT SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW SPST SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROW SW SWITCH SWBD SWITCHBOARD TC TIME CLOCK TEL TELEPHONE TERM TERMINAL TP TEMPORARY POLE TYP TYPICAL UGPS UNDERGROUND PULL SECTION UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED V VOLT, VOLTAGE VA VOLT-AMPERE VFC VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLER VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE W WATT WH WATT-HOUR WP WEATHERPROOF WT WEATHERTIGHT WW WIREWAY XP EXPLOSION PROOF Z IMPEDANCE 4W FOUR-WIRE 3W THREE-WIRE 5S JUNCTION BOX (4 11/16" SQUARED X2 1/8" DEEP) Ø DIAMETER, PHASE # NUMBER °C DEGREE CELSIUS (E) EXISTING DEVICE TO REMAIN (R) REMOVE EXISTING DEVICE AND ASSOCIATED CONDUIT AND WIRE (RL) REMOVE EXISTING DEVICE AND RELOCATE AS SHOWN ON PLAN (NL) NEW LOCATION OF RELOCATED DEVICE 1. ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR), NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE EDITION AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS. 2. ALL PANELS, SWITCHES, ETC. SHALL HAVE SUFFICIENT GUTTER SPACE AND LUGS IN COMPLIANCE TO UL REQUIREMENTS TO ACCOMMODATE CONDUCTORS SHOWN. 3. WHERE WIRE SIZES ARE INDICATED ON PLANS, FOR INDIVIDUAL CIRCUITS, THE WIRE SIZE INDICATED SHALL APPLY TO THE COMPLETE CIRCUIT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND OTHER EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTION PRIOR TO ANY WORK. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXTEND WIRING FROM ALL JUNCTION BOXES, SWITCHES, ETC. AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTION AS REQUIRED TO ALL BUILDING EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. 6. LOCATION OF LOCAL WALL SWITCHES ARE SUBJECT TO MODIFICATIONS. AT OR NEAR DOORS, INSTALL SWITCHES ON SIDE OPPOSITE TO DOOR HINGE. VERIFY FINAL HINGE LOCATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO ANY WORK. 7. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF SYSTEMS AND WORK INCLUDED. FOLLOW DRAWINGS IN LAYING OUT WORK AND CHECK DRAWINGS OR OTHER TRADES RELATING TO WORK TO VERIFY SPACE IN WHICH WORK WILL BE INSTALLED. MAINTAIN HEADROOM AND MINIMUM CODE REQUIRED WORKING CLEARANCES AT ALL TIMES. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF ALL WALL OUTLET BOXES FOR SWITCHES, BELL/STROBES, FIRE ALARM PULL STATIONS. RECEPTACLES ETC. WITH CABINETS, FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT ETC., TO AVOID CONFLICT. 9. WHERE ELECTRIC MOTORS OR HEATERS ARE INSTALLED IN HUNG CEILINGS, PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN HUNG CEILING WITHIN REACH FROM ACCESS POINT. 10. FURNISH APPROVED EXPANSION FITTINGS WHERE RACEWAY CROSSES BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS. 11. FURNISH PULL STRING IN EACH RACEWAY RUN OVER 10' IN LENGTH, IN WHICH PERMANENT WIRING IS NOT INSTALLED. 12. NOT MORE THAN THREE LIGHTING OR CONVENIENCE OUTLET CIRCUITS ARE PERMITTED IN ONE CONDUIT, PROVIDE SEPARATE CONDUIT FOR EACH HOMERUN INDICATED ON THE DRAWING, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 13. PROVIDE PULL BOXES WHEREVER NECESSARY TO FACILITATE PULLING OF CONDUCTORS. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF BOXES WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICT. PULL BOXES SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE. THE SIZE OF PULL BOX SHALL COMPLY WITH N.E.C. REQUIREMENTS. 14. OUTLET BOXES FOR FIXTURES RECESSED IN HUNG CEILING SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE THROUGH OPENING CREATED BY REMOVAL OF FIXTURES. 15. SEE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION FOR ADDITIONAL CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS TO CONTROL PANELS, CONTROL TRANSFORMERS, POWER FOR CONTROL SYSTEM EP AND PE SWITCHES, TIME CLOCKS, VALVES, STATS, RELAYS, DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR LOCATIONS, ETC. INDICATED ON CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAMS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY FINAL CONTROL WIRING REQUIREMENTS WITH MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING CONTRACTORS PRIOR TO ANY WORK AND PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DEVICES AND CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED. 16. ALL EXTERIOR ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT INCLUDING THOSE THAT ARE EXPOSED TO OUTSIDE ENVIRONMENT (UP TO 16') SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF TYPE, NEMA 3R. 17. NO CONDUIT RUNS SHALL BE ALLOWED IN CONCRETE SLABS. ALL CONDUITS WILL BE PLACED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACES UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED TO BE UNDERGROUND. 18. LIGHTING, POWER, TELEPHONE AND COMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS SHALL NOT BE PLACED BACK-TO-BACK. 19. WHERE MORE THAN ONE LIGHT SWITCH OCCURS AT SAME LOCATION, SWITCHES SHALL BE MOUNTED IN A MULTIPLE GANG BOX UNDER A SINGLE COVER PLATE. PLATES WITH MORE THAN (3) LIGHT SWITCHES SHALL BE LABELED TO INDICATE THE LIGHT FIXTURES CONTROLLED. 20. DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON INDIVIDUAL SUPPORTS, OR OTHERWISE DIRECTLY ON EQUIPMENT, PROVIDED NO MODIFICATION TO EQUIPMENT IS NECESSARY. 21. ALL ELECTRICAL POWER LIGHTING, TELEPHONE OR SIGNAL WIRING IN FIRE RATED WALL IS TO BE INSTALLED IN A METALLIC CONDUIT SYSTEM. 22. ALL ELECTRIC MATERIAL SHALL BE LISTED BY "UL" FOR THE TYPE OF APPLICATION AND "UL" LABEL SHALL APPEAR ON ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 23. CONTACT UTILITY COMPANIES FOR SCOPE OF WORK PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID; INCLUDE UTILITY CHARGES IF ANY. 24. ALL DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT (SUCH AS CB's, SWITCHES, CONTACTORS, ETC.), TERMINATIONS SHALL BE FULLY RATED PER UL AS FOLLOWS: a. 125A OR LESS : 60°C OR MORE; b. MORE THAN 125A : 75°C OR MORE. 25. ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR DESIGN DISCREPANCIES ON PLANS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER FOR CLARIFICATION OR CORRECTION PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND PREPARATION OF SUBMITTAL PACKAGES. 26. CONDUCTORS SHALL HAVE UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES, INC.(UL) LISTED, 600 VOLT INSULATION OF TYPE SPECIFIED BELOW OR ELSEWHERE IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER. 1. BRANCH CIRCUITS - LIGHTING AND POWER. a. #10 AWG AND SMALLER, SOLID WIRE TYPE THW OR THHN/THWN, THHW(THHN FOR DRY LOCATION ONLY). b. #8 AWG TO #2 AWG, STRANDED TYPE THW OR THHN/THHW. c. #1 AWG AND LARGER, STRANDED TYPE XHHW. 2. FEEDERS : TYPE THW OR THHN/THWN, OR XHHW. 27. PROVIDE GREEN INSULATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN EACH RACEWAY INCLUDING CONDUITS, PLUG STRIPS, WIREMOLD. SIZE OF GROUNDING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE ARTICLE 250. 28. WIRING METHOD SHALL BE EMT ABOVE GROUND AND MOUNTED IN CONCEALED SPACES AND SCHEDULE-40 PVC FOR UNDERGROUND INSTALLATION. USE RIGID WHEN ENCASED IN CONCRETE OR SUSCEPTIBLE TO DAMAGE. 29. USE 10AWG CONDUCTORS FOR 20 AMPERE, 120V BRANCH CIRCUITS LONGER THAN 75 FEET. USE 10AWG CONDUCTORS FOR 20 AMPERE, 277V BRANCH CIRCUITS LONGER THAN 200 FEET. 30. ALL SWITCH LOCATIONS ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR PROVIDED AT THE SWITCH LOCATION PER CEC 404.2(C). 31. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, SHARING OF NEUTRAL/GROUNDED CONDUCTORS AMONG SINGLE PHASE BRANCH CIRCUITS OF DIFFERENT PHASES INSTALLED IN THE SAME RACEWAY IS NOT PERMITTED. PROVIDE DEDICATED NEUTRAL/GROUNDED CONDUCTOR FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL BRANCH CIRCUIT. 32. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE A SEPARATE SWITCHED AND UNSWITCHED PHASE CONDUCTOR TO ALL CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES REGARDLESS OF RECEPTACLE CONFIGURATION. GENERAL NOTES NOTE TO CONTRACTOR DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY PLANS AND EXISTING DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB SITE AND SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK OR BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAME. SURFACE MOUNTED DOUBLE FACE EXIT SIGN (UNIVERSAL ARROWS INDICATED AS NEEDED) SWITCH, SINGLE POLE 20A. MOUNTED 48" A.F.F. TO TOP OF DEVICE. SUBSCRIPTS INDICATE THE FOLLOWING: M - MOTOR RATED K - KEY OPERATED 3 - THREE WAY D - DIMMER SWITCH 4 - FOUR WAY T - TIMED SWITCH a, b, c, ETC. - DESIGNATES SWITCH-LEGS CONTROLLED AND QUANTITY OF SWITCHES AT EACH LOCATION. SURFACE MOUNTED SINGLE FACE EXIT SIGN (UNIVERSAL ARROWS INDICATED AS NEEDED) 2'X4' RECESSED LUMINAIRE WITH 90MIN. EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP 2'X4' RECESSED LUMINAIRE. FN INDICATES LUMINAIRE TYPE - REFER TO LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE, TYPICAL. SUBSCRIPT 2ab REFERS TO CIRCUIT AND SWITCH LEG 'a' AND 'b', SUBSCRIPT 2AB REFERS TO CIRCUIT AND ZONE DESIGNATION 'A' AND 'B'. SUBSCRIPT N/L REFERS TO UNSWITCHED LEG. TYPICAL OF ALL LIGHTING. FN 2ab/2AB N/L FNE +96" OR 7'-6" AFF MOUNTING HEIGHT FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO BOTTOM LINE OF OUTLET OR EQUIPMENT. FOR LIGHT FIXTURES, IT IS TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE. MAIN SWITCHBOARD, POWER OR LIGHT, FLOOR STANDING ENCLOSURE, (SEE SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM AND LOAD SUMMARY) BRANCH PANELBOARD, WALL MOUNTED, SEE PLANS AND SCHEDULE. (RECESSED MOUNTED) BRANCH PANELBOARD, WALL MOUNTED, SEE PLANS AND SCHEDULE. (SURFACE MOUNTED) CONDUIT STUBBED AND CAPPED, SIZE AND QUANTITIES PER PLANS. CONDUIT CONCEALED IN OR UNDER FLOOR, 3/4" UON, COORDINATE WITH G.C.: OR, BURIAL CONDUIT UNDERGROUND IN SCHEDULE - 40 PVC UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. VERIFY DEPTH AND TRENCHING WITH G.C. L5-30R SPECIALTY OUTLET. VERIFY NEMA CONFIGURATION AS NOTED ON PLANS. DISCONNECT SWITCH H.P. RATED 600 VOLTS RATED. "F" INDICATES FUSE TYPE. FUSES PER APPROVED MANUFACTURERS SHOP DRAWINGS. MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER H.P. RATED (NUMBER INDICATES NEMA SIZE) #2 OR ELECTRICAL UTILITY PRIMARY ELECTRICAL UTILITY SECONDARY UTILITY TELEPHONE TEMPORARY OVERHEAD CABLING EQUIPMENT ID. No. SHEET No. DETAIL No. EQUIPMENT REFERENCE DETAIL REFERENCE ABOVE CEILING, CONCEALED, JUNCTION BOX, WITH COVER, PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) TABLE 314.16(A)/(B), 4" SQUARE DEEP, WITH PLASTER RING. DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, FLUSH IN FLOOR, WATERTIGHT JUNCTION BOX (20 AMP, 120 VOLT, 2-POLE, 3-WIRE) U.O.N. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, FLUSH IN FLOOR, WATERTIGHT JUNCTION BOX (HINGED BRASS COVER: 20 AMP, 120 VOLT, 2-POLE, 3-WIRE) U.O.N. JUNCTION BOX, FLUSH IN FLOOR, WATERTIGHT (HINGED BRASS COVER: 20 AMP, 120 VOLT, 2-POLE, 3-WIRE) U.O.N. RECESSED WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX, WITH COVER, PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) TABLE 314.16(A)/(B), 4" SQUARE DEEP, WITH PLASTER RING. RECESSED CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, CONVENIENCE. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS) U.O.N. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, CONVENIENCE. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS) WITH MOUNTING HEIGHT HORIZONTALLY ABOVE COUNTER TOP PER ARCHITECTURAL PLANS OR APPROVAL. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, CONVENIENCE. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS, GFCI TYPE) WITH MOUNTING HEIGHT HORIZONTALLY ABOVE COUNTER TOP PER ARCHITECTURAL PLANS OR APPROVAL. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, SINGLE SPLIT-CIRCUIT SWITCHED. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS) MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N. DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, CONVENIENCE. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS) MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, CONVENIENCE. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS, GFCI TYPE) MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, CONVENIENCE. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS) MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N. SUBSCRIPT "A-1" REFERS TO PANEL DESIGNATION WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER. TYPICAL OF ALL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS. WEATHERPROOF DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, CONVENIENCE. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS) MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER SWITCH AND FUSE ASSEMBLY GROUNDING CONNECTION AT SWITCHGEAR/DISTRIBUTION BOARD WITH NEUTRAL BONDING. UTILITY COMPANY PULL SECTION LUGS GN GROUNDING CONNECTION TO MAIN BUILDING GROUND SYSTEM U.O.N. EXISTING (DASH INDICATES) ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TELEPHONE BACKBOARD 2'X4'X3/4" PLYWOOD. PROVIDE 2" CONDUIT TO TELEPHONE POC. 1" U.O.N HOMERUN TO CIRCUITS #1 AND #3 IN PANEL "A". (CROSSMARKS INDICATE NUMBER OF PHASES AND NEUTRAL. PROVIDE GROUND WIRE.) A-1,3 IN-LINE UTILITY COMPANY METER UTILITY METER WITH CIRCUIT TRANSFORMERS (CT'S) METER SOLID STATE DEVICE CONNECTED TO THE POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TRANSFORMER WITH SECONDARY GROUND. REFER TO SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR KVA RATING AND GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS. T OR GROUND FAULT PROTECTION DEVICE CONNECTED TO THE POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CA TITLE 24 COMPLIANT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, HALF-CONTROLLED, CONVENIENCE, WITH PERMANENT MARKING. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS) MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N. CA TITLE 24 COMPLIANT DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, HALF-CONTROLLED, CONVENIENCE, WITH PERMANENT MARKING. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS) MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N. WP SURFACE MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, CONVENIENCE. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS) MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N. GROUND WELL G ON-SITE GENERATOR SET SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, CONVENIENCE WITH (2)USB PORTS. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS) MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N. LEVITON MODEL #T5832. MOLDED CASE SHUNT TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKER MOLDED CASE DRAW OUT TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER REMOTE CONTROLLED, ELECTRONICALLY OPERATED CIRCUIT BREAKER ESPD SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE GFP SSTRANS. "T-X" 300 KVA PRI:480V Δ SEC:208Y/120 GND. A-1 FLOOR BOX NOTE WHERE INDICATED IN AN EXISTING SLAB, PROVIDE SAWCUTTING OF SLAB AS REQUIRED AND EXTEND CONDUIT AND WIRING TO JUNCTION BOX IN NEAREST ACCESSIBLE WALL. DO NOT SAWCUT THROUGH POST TENSION SLABS. SEE NOTE BELOW 1. 2022 BUILDING STANDARDS ADMINISTRATIVE CODE, PART 1, TITLE 24 C.C.R. 2. 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC),PART 2, TITLE 24 C.C.R. (IBC WITH AMENDMENTS) 3. 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC), PART 3, TITLE 24 C.C.R. (NEC WITH AMENDMENTS) 4. 2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC), PART 4, TITLE 24 C.C.R. (UMC WITH AMENDMENTS) 5. 2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC), PART 5, TITLE 24 C.C.R. (UPC WITH AMENDMENTS) 6. 2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE, PART 9, TITLE 24 C.C.R. (IFC WITH AMENDMENTS) 7. 2022 CALIFORNIA REFERENCED STANDARDS, PART 12, TITLE 24 C.C.R. 8. 2022 TITLE 19 C.C.R., PUBLIC SAFETY, STATE FIRE MARSHAL REGULATIONS. 9. 2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE (PART 6, TITLE 24 C.C.R.) 10. 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE (CGBSG), PART 11, TITLE 24 C.C.R. APPLICABLE CODES DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL ENERGY CONSULTANTS San Bernardino, CA 92408 412 E. Vanderbilt Way Phone: 909.890.3700 Fax: 909.890.3770 Email: [email protected] N0. REVISIONS DATE BY APP. APPROVED BY : SHT. OF P.W. DIRECTOR/CITY ENGINEER DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DESIGNED BY F. B. REF. LIMITS: PROJECT : NO. DWG. DATE: R .C .E . NO. ROWLEY PARK ELECTRONIC SIGN DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSCITY OF GARDENA ENGINEERING DIVISION 5-2615 SMES, SM ES ELECTRICAL LEGENDS & NOTES E0.1 SHEET INDEX SHEET NUMBER SHEET TITLE E0.1 ELECTRICAL LEGENDS & NOTES E0.2 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM E1.1 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN E2.1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL NOTES CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1. REFER TO 'GENERAL NOTES' ON ELECTRICAL LEGENDS AND NOTES SHEET FOR WIRING METHODS, MATERIALS, AND REQUIREMENTS. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL UPDATE ALL MODIFIED PANEL DIRECTORIES OR CREATE A NEW TYPED DIRECTORY, IF ONE DOES NOT EXIST, IDENTIFYING EACH CIRCUIT AND INSTALLED CIRCUIT LOADS, MOUNTED IN GLASS OR PLASTIC INSIDE DOOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR UPDATING DIRECTORIES TO INDICATE ALL NEW CIRCUITS AND ACTUAL AREA SERVED WHICH IS NOT NECESSARILY THE DESCRIPTION INDICATED ON THE BID DOCUMENTS. USE A COMPUTER OR TYPEWRITER TO CREATE DIRECTORY; HANDWRITTEN DIRECTORIES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 3. SERVICE EQUIPMENT AT OTHER THAN DWELLING UNITS SHALL BE LEGIBLY MARKED IN THE FIELD WITH THE MAXIMUM AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT PER CEC 110.24. THE FIELD MARKING(S) SHALL INCLUDE THE DATE THE FAULT-CURRENT CALCULATION WAS PERFORMED AND BE OF SUFFICIENT DURABILITY TO WITHSTAND THE ENVIRONMENT INVOLVED. THE CALCULATION SHALL BE DOCUMENTED AND MADE AVAILABLE TO THOSE AUTHORIZED TO DESIGN, INSTALL, INSPECT, MAINTAIN, OR OPERATE THE SYSTEM. WHEN MODIFICATIONS TO THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION OCCUR THAT AFFECT THE MAXIMUM AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AT THE SERVICE, THE MAXIMUM AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT SHALL BE VERIFIED OR RECALCULATED AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE THE SERVICE EQUIPMENT RATINGS ARE SUFFICIENT FOR THE MAXIMUM AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AT THE LINE TERMINALS OF THE EQUIPMENT. THE REQUIRED FIELD MARKING(S) IN 110.24(A) SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO REFLECT THE NEW LEVEL OF MAXIMUM AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT. 4. EQUIPMENT DATA AND CONFIGURATIONS SHOWN ON THE SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM PROVIDE GENERAL EQUIPMENT INFORMATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ELECTRICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT ASSOCIATED DESIGN INFORMATION. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL NECESSARY COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL INSTALLATION. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DESCRIPTIONS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE TO BE PRESENTED TO THE ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF THE BID PROCESS FOR CLARIFICATION. NO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ORDERED UNTIL DISCREPANCIES ARE RESOLVED THROUGH A FORMAL RFI PROCESS. 5. GROUND ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, BRANCH CIRCUITS, FEEDERS, PANEL AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS, ELECTRICAL SERVICES, ETC. PER ADOPTED NEC ARTICLES 250. 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INCLUDE IN BID ALL ASSOCIATED COSTS FOR THIRD PARTY TESTING OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, GROUND FAULT, CONDUCTORS, ETC. 1 1 PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKER IN EXISTING MAIN SWITCHGEAR. TYPE AND AIC RATING TO MATCH EXISTING. CONTRACTOR IS TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION TO SIGN LOAD CENTER. LOAD CENTER IS LOCATED WITHIN SIGN STRUCTURE. (1)#6 CU. BOND TO DRIVEN GROUND ROD, SIZED PER NEC TABLE 250.66. DISCONNECT TO BE NEMA 3R RATED AND MOUNTED ADJACENT TO TRANSFORMER. PROVIDE UNISTRUT AND CONCRETE PAD AS REQUIRED TO SECURELY MOUNT DISCONNECT. SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMS 600A UGPS EXISTING SERVICE GROUND EXISTING INCOMING POWER UTILITY SERVICE 1 GN (E) 600A 3P (E) MAIN SWITCHBOARD 'MSA' 600A 480Y/277V 3Ø 4W 65KAIC PRI: PRI-AMPS: SEC: SEC-AMPS: T-1 10KVA 480V 1Ø 2W 21 120/240V 1Ø 3W 42 NEMA 3R 30AS 30AT2P L= V.D.=10' 0.15% 60-BX SIGN LOAD CENTER (N) 30A 2P L= V.D.=5' 0.02% 30-S L= V.D.=75' 0.91% 30-S 2 2 1 1-GEC BJC 3 3 8 24" MIN. NONMETALLIC SCHEDULE 40 PVC CONDUITS - SIZE AND QUANTITIES AS SHOWN ON PLANS. PROVIDE MIN. OF 1" CONDUIT FOR EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS. GENERAL NOTES: 1. PLACE CONDUIT IN TRENCH, FILL, AND COMPACT TO 90%. REPAIR AREA TO MATCH SURROUNDING. BACK FILL IS TO BE FREE OF LARGE ROCK, PAVING MATERIALS, ETC., THAT MAY CAUSE PHYSICAL DAMAGE TO CONDUIT. PROVIDE GRANULAR MATERIAL WITH A SAND EQUIVALENT (SE) GREATER THAN 30. 2. PROVIDE 30" MINIMUM COVER WHERE CONDUIT IS PLACED UNDER STREETS, HIGHWAYS, ROADS, ALLEYS, DRIVEWAYS, AND PARKING LOTS. 3. CONDUITS PLACED UNDER OR IN STRUCTURAL FOOTINGS SHALL BE GALVANIZED RIGID METAL (RMC) WRAPPED WITH 20 MIL PVC TAPE. THE COUPLINGS CONNECTED TO THE RMC ELBOW SHALL BE GALVANIZED MATERIAL. 4. MINIMUM TRENCH WIDTH TO BE 24". FINISH GRADE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT BURIAL PROVIDE CONTINUOUS MAGNETIC DETECTABLE TAPE DIRECTLY ABOVE CONDUIT. 12" FINISH GRADE CADWELD 10'-0" GROUND ROD DETAIL CONDUIT & WIRE TO ADDITIONAL GROUND (AS REQUIRED). 1. SIZE OF CONDUCTORS SHALL COMPLY W/CEC 250.66. 2. CHECK RESISTANCE TO GROUND. IF RESISTANCE EXCEEDS 25 OHMS, INSTALL ADDITIONAL GROUND RODS W/CONDUCTORS AS SHOWN. SEPARATE AT LEAST 6'-0" UNTIL RESISTANCE IS REDUCED TO 25 OHMS OR LESS (CEC 250.56) NOTES: CONDUIT & WIRE SIZE AS REQUIRED SEE PLANS. PRECAST 19-3/4"L X 14-1/4"W X 12"D. YARD BOX. BROOKS PRODUCTS #3 1/2PB-21 QUICKSET #EC-17 3/4" X 10'-0" DRIVEN "COPPERWELD" GROUND ROD. CONCRETE COVER WITH LIFTING EYES LABEL "ELECTRICAL" CONDUIT HUB FOR GROUNDING BY "THOMAS & BETTS" LABEL TYPE SETS PHASE GROUND CONDUIT 30-BX 1 2 # 10 3/4" 1 2 # 6 1 2 # 1 1 2 # 1 1111 50-BX 100-BX 125-BX 200-BX 225-BX 300-BX 400-BX 600-BX 1000-BX 1200-BX 1000A-4W 600A-4W 1200A-4W 400A-4W 300A-4W 225A-4W 200A-4W 125A-4W 100A-4W 50A-4W 30A-4W 233 2 # 3/0 2 # 4/0 2 # 350 KCM 2 # 600 KCM 2 # 350 KCM 2 # 500 KCM 2 # 600 KCM 1" 1 # 4/0 1 #250 KCM 1 # 4 1 # 6 1 # 6 1 # 8 2 1/2" NEUTRAL 1 # 10 1 # 6 1 # 1 1 # 1 1 # 3/0 1 # 4/0 1 # 350 KCM 1 # 600 KCM 1 # 350 KCM 1 # 500 KCM 1 # 600 KCM 600V FEEDER SCHEDULE 1Ø 3W - XFMR SEC NOTE: ALL CONDUCTOR SIZES ARE BASED ON TYPE THHN COPPER CONDUCTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. THE AMPACITY OF CONDUCTORS SHALL BE BASED ON THE TERMINALS NOT TO EXCEED 60°C FOR CONDUCTOR SIZE #14 THROUGH #1 AWG OR 75°C FOR CONDUCTOR SIZE OVER #1 AWG AS PER NEC 110.14(C). GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED PER TABLE 250.102(C)(1) FOR SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEMS. 1 # 8 70-BX 70A-4W 1 2 # 4 1 # 4 1 # 8 1-1/4" 1 # 2 1 # 2 1 # 1/0 1 # 2/0 2" 3 1/2" 3 1/2" 4" 3" 3" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" G.E.C. SCHEDULE LABEL SERVICE/O.C.P.D. CONDUCTOR CONDUIT #6#4 1-GEC 2-GEC 3-GEC 4-GEC > 400A 225A-400A 110A-200A 60A-100A #1/0 #3/0 3/4" 1" 1" NOTE: ALL GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR SIZES ARE BASED ON BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED AND SIZE PER CEC TABLE 250.66. 1-1/4" BONDING CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE LABEL SERVICE/O.C.P.D. CONDUCTOR NOTE: ALL MAIN/SYSTEM/SUPPLY SIDE BONDING JUMPER CONDUCTOR SIZES ARE BASED ON TYPE BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED AND SIZED PER CEC TABLE 250.102(C)(1). BJC 30A-60A #8 20-S 600V FEEDER SCHEDULE 1Ø 2W LABEL TYPE SETS PHASE NEUTRAL GROUND CONDUIT 1 2 # 12 30-S 1 2 # 10 1 2 # 8 1 2 # 6 1 2 # 6 1 2 # 4 1 2 # 3 1 2 # 2 1 2 # 1 1 2 # 1 111 40-S 50-S 60-S 70-S 80-S 90-S 100-S 125-S 150-S 175-S 200-S 20A-2W 200A-2W 175A-2W 150A-2W 125A-2W 100A-2W 80A-2W 60A-2W 50A-2W 30A-2W 40A-2W 70A-2W 90A-2W 2 # 1/0 2 # 2/0 2 # 3/0 1 # 12 1 # 6 1 # 6 1 # 6 1 # 6 1 # 8 1 # 8 1 # 10 1 # 10 1 # 10 1 # 10 1 # 8 1 # 8 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 2" N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A NOTE: ALL CONDUCTOR SIZES ARE BASED ON TYPE THHN COPPER CONDUCTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. THE AMPACITY OF CONDUCTORS SHALL BE BASED ON THE TERMINALS NOT TO EXCEED 60°C FOR CONDUCTOR SIZE #14 THROUGH #1 AWG OR 75°C FOR CONDUCTOR SIZE OVER #1 AWG AS PER NEC 110.14(C). 76 TRANSFORMER MAX WEIGHT 250 lbs. 1-1/2"CLR. ALL SIDES 6" MIN. 36" MAX. MINIMUM CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH fc=2500 psi IN 28 DAYS 1" AGGREGATE NEW CONCRETE PAD WITH #4 REBAR @18"O.C. E.W. FINISHED GRADE ASPHALT CONCRETE, CONCRETE OR PLANTING AREA 1/2"ØHILTI KB II(ICC# ESR-1917) EXPANSION ANCHORS W/MIN 314" EMBED EACH CORNER, 1 AT EACH CORNER (4 TOTAL MIN.) 4" MIN. TO EDGE OF PAD TRANSFORMER MOUNTING PAD DETAIL 4 4 5 GENERAL NOTES: 1. PULLBOX TO BE SIZED PER NEC, U.O.N. 2. PROVIDE COVER LABELED WITH "POWER" OR "DATA" DESIGNATION. PROVIDE BOLT DOWN COVER. COVER TO BE HEAVY DUTY TRAFFIC RATED WHERE INSTALLED IN AREAS SUBJECT TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC. PROVIDE 3/4" CRUSHED ROCK 6" OUT FROM ALL SIDES OF PULLBOX AND 12" DEEP. PULLBOX INSTALLATION- 4 FEEDER SCHEDULES 2 DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL ENERGY CONSULTANTS San Bernardino, CA 92408 412 E. Vanderbilt Way Phone: 909.890.3700 Fax: 909.890.3770 Email: [email protected] N0. REVISIONS DATE BY APP. APPROVED BY : SHT. OF P.W. DIRECTOR/CITY ENGINEER DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DESIGNED BY F. B. REF. LIMITS: PROJECT : NO. DWG. DATE: R .C .E . NO. ROWLEY PARK ELECTRONIC SIGN DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSCITY OF GARDENA ENGINEERING DIVISION 5-2615 SMES, SM ES SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM E0.2
VAN NESS AVENUE VAN NESS AVENUE VAN NESS AVENUE
132ND STREET PROPOSED SIGN (E)MAIN ELECTRICAL SERVICE 'MSA' 2 1 4 3 (E)SERVER 5 6 8 6 2 2 7 9 6 (E)TIME CLOCK (E)PANEL 'B' (E)MAIN ELECTRICAL SERVICE 'MSB' 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT AND VERIFY ALL FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO START OF WORK. 2. COORDINATE TRENCH ROUTING AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NEW WORK. 3. ALL SITE BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING SHALL BE #10 AWG. OR LARGER. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING BUILDING FOOTING PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF STUB-UP CONDUITS FOR NEW WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX TO AVOID ANY INTERFERENCE. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL UTILIZE 'GPR' GROUND PENETRATING RADAR TO SURVEY AND TRACE ALL EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITY LINES IN AREAS WHERE NEW TRENCHING IS PLANNED. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT "GPR" REPORT TO PROJECT MANAGER FOR REVIEWING PRIOR TO TRENCHING. 6. ALL SITE UNDERGROUND CONDUIT TO BE 1" MIN. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 7. SUPPORT CONDUIT(S) EVERY 10'-0" AND WITHIN 3'-0" OF ANY JUNCTION BOX OR TERMINATION. 8. CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE GROUNDING RING AND GROUND RODS FOR SIGN PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. CONTRACTOR IS TO INCLUDE ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS IN BID. 9. ALL OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE RATED NEMA 3R. 1 CONTRACTOR IS TO EGRESS EXISTING ELECTRICAL ROOM AND INSTALL CONDUITS AS SHOWN. PATCH AND REPAIR ANY DAMAGED CONCRETE OR ASPHALT, PER CITY STANDARD REQUIREMENT ST-20. CUT, PATCH AND REPAIR ASPHALT PER CITY STANDARD REQUIREMENT ST-20. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF TRANSFORMER AND DISCONNECT IN FIELD PRIOR TO START OF WORK. TRANSFORMER IS TO BE INSTALLED IN LEAST OBSTRUCTED LOCATION. REFER. TO SINGLE LINE FOR FEEDER INFORMATION. APPROX. SERVER LOCATION WITHIN BUILDING. CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD AND PROVIDE DATA CABLING AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE: (1)1-1/2"C FOR DATA. PROVIDE MULTIMODE OM5 TYPE FIBER PER CITY REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR IS TO CORE THRU EXISTING WALL AND INSTALL CONDUIT AND JUNCTION BOX AS SHOWN. PATCH AND REPAIR WALL TO MATCH ORIGINAL CONDITION. CONDUIT LOCATION AND ATTACHMENT IN/ON BUILDING SHALL BE APPROVED BY CITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE (2)PULLBOXES AT THIS LOCATION. ONE FOR POWER AND ONE FOR COMMUNICATIONS. DUCT SEAL CONDUITS. PROVIDE TRAFFIC RATED PULLBOX. CONDUITS THAT ENTER/EXIT PULLBOX SHALL BE AT 45DEG. BENDS, DUCT SEAL CONDUITS. 23456789 DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL ENERGY CONSULTANTS San Bernardino, CA 92408 412 E. Vanderbilt Way Phone: 909.890.3700 Fax: 909.890.3770 Email: [email protected] N0. REVISIONS DATE BY APP. APPROVED BY : SHT. OF P.W. DIRECTOR/CITY ENGINEER DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DESIGNED BY F. B. REF. LIMITS: PROJECT : NO. DWG. DATE: R .C .E . NO. ROWLEY PARK ELECTRONIC SIGN DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSCITY OF GARDENA ENGINEERING DIVISION 5-2615 SMES, SM ES CONSTRUCTION NOTES GENERAL NOTES ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN SCALE: 1"=30'-0" 1 (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) SIGNAGE ELEVATIONS & DETAILS 2 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN E1.1 CITY STANDARD DETAIL (ST-20) SIGNED:09/10/2024
PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. WORK COVERED BY THIS SECTION CONSISTS OF FURNISHING ALL LABOR, EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES, AND MATERIALS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, AND IN PERFORMING ALL OPERATIONS NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE ALL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS IN A MANNER TO BE FULLY COGNIZANT OF ALL WORK REQUIRED UNDER THIS SECTION. C. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS UNLESS OTHERWISE ARRANGED AND SCHEDULE ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS FOR THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. WORK DONE UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE, NEC (NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE), THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TITLE 24, THE STATE BUILDING STANDARDS, (OSHA) OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION, AND TO ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS. IN CASE OF CONFLICT BETWEEN REQUIREMENT, THE MOST RESTRICTIVE SHALL APPLY. 1.03 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO OBTAIN A COMPLETE SET OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK THE DRAWINGS OF THE OTHER TRADES AND SHALL CAREFULLY READ THE ENTIRE SPECIFICATIONS AND DETERMINE HIS RESPONSIBILITIES. B. BEFORE SUBMITTING THE BID, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE AND FULLY ACQUAINT HIMSELF WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL THE EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED WIRING IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO CONFORM WITH THE EXISTING STRUCTURE OF THE BUILDING, AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS, AND MEET APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. C. THE INTENT OF THESE DRAWINGS IS TO DESCRIBE A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. WHERE EXISTING CONDITIONS DIFFER FROM DRAWINGS, ADJUSTMENT SHALL BE MADE AND ALLOWANCES INCLUDED FOR ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT TO COMPLETE ALL PARTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. BRING ANY QUESTIONS TO THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER'S ATTENTION PRIOR TO BIDDING. D. WHEREVER A DISCREPANCY IN QUANTITY OR SIZE OF CONDUIT, WIRE, EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, ETC., ARISES ON THE DRAWING AND/OR SPECIFICATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING ALL MATERIAL AND SERVICES REQUIRED BY THE STRICTEST CONDITION NOTED ON DRAWINGS AND/OR IN SPECIFICATIONS TO ENSURE COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED BY THE OWNER AND ENGINEER. 1.04 WORK NOT INCLUDED A. CERTAIN LABOR, MATERIALS, OR EQUIPMENT MAY BE FURNISHED UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS BY THE OWNER. WHEN SUCH IS THE CASE, THE EXTENT, SOURCE, AND DESCRIPTION OF THESE ITEMS WILL BE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR DESCRIBED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER THIS SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. 1.05 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS A. THE DRAWINGS INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF CIRCUITS, OUTLETS, LOCATIONS OF MOTOR CONTROLLERS WITH DISCONNECTS, PANELBOARDS, CONDUIT ROUTING, AND OTHER WORK. INFORMATION SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS IS ESSENTIALLY DIAGRAMMATIC; HOWEVER, RECIRCUITING OR RELOCATING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WILL NOT BE PERMITTED WITHOUT SPECIFIC WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. AFTER AWARD OF THE CONTRACT AND BEFORE ANY MATERIALS ARE DELIVERED TO THE JOB SITE, A COMPLETE LIST OF ALL MATERIALS PROPOSED TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION MUST BE PROVIDED. B. SUBMIT TO THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL ONE PRINT AND ONE REPRODUCIBLE OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES, SWITCHGEAR, PANELBOARDS, MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS, TRANSFORMERS, CONDUIT, CONDUCTORS, PULLBOXES, AND MOTOR STARTERS. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INFORMATION FOR EACH OF THESE ITEMS IDENTIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS. THE INFORMATION SHALL INCLUDE, AS MINIMUM, OVERALL DIMENSIONS, WEIGHT, PHASE, VOLTAGE RATINGS, WIRING DIAGRAMS, AND NAMEPLATE DATA. 1.07 STANDARDS AND MATERIALS A. ALL MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM WITH THE CURRENT APPLICABLE INDUSTRY STANDARDS, NEMA (NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION), ANSI (AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE), IPCEA (INSULATED POWER CABLE ENGINEERS ASSOCIATION), IEEE (INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERS), NATIONAL ELECTRICAL SAFETY CODE. B. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES LISTED AND LABELED, OR CERTIFIED BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY. C. WORKMANSHIP AND NEAT APPEARANCE SHALL BE AS IMPORTANT AS THE ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL EFFICIENCY. DEFECTIVE AND DAMAGED MATERIALS SHALL BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED PRIOR TO FINAL APPROVAL AND ACCEPTANCE. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE WHEN THEY ARE MORE STRINGENT THAN CODES, STATUTES, OR ORDINANCES IN EFFECT. APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS, ORDINANCES, AND STATUTES TAKE PRECEDENCE WHEN THEY ARE MORE STRINGENT OR CONFLICT WITH THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS. 1.08 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INVESTIGATE EACH SPACE IN THE BUILDING THROUGH WHICH EQUIPMENT MUST PASS TO REACH ITS FINAL LOCATIONS. IF NECESSARY, THE MANUFACTURER SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHIP HIS MATERIAL IN SECTIONS, SIZED TO PERMIT PASSING THROUGH SUCH RESTRICTED AREAS IN THE BUILDING. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETAIN IN HIS POSSESSION AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL PORTABLE AND DETACHABLE PARTS OF PORTIONS OF INSTALLATIONS SUCH AS FUSES, KEY LOCKS, ADAPTERS, BLOCKING CLIPS, AND INSERTS UNTIL FINAL COMPLETION OF WORK. THESE PARTS SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE OWNER UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. ALL MATERIALS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE NEW, FREE FROM DEFECTS, AND SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK. SHOULD ANY TROUBLE DEVELOP DURING THEIR PERIOD DUE TO DEFECTIVE MATERIALS OR FAULTY WORKMANSHIP, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL NECESSARY MATERIALS AND LABOR TO CORRECT THE TROUBLE WITHOUT ANY COST TO THE OWNER. ANY DEFECTIVE MATERIAL OR INFERIOR WORKMANSHIP NOTED AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION SHALL BE CORRECTED IMMEDIATELY TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER. B. ALL MAJOR EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS SHALL HAVE THE MANUFACTURER'S NAME, ADDRESS, MODEL NUMBER, AND SERIAL NUMBER PERMANENTLY ATTACHED IN A CONSPICUOUS MANNER. 2.02 CONDUIT A. PROVIDE RACEWAYS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS HEREIN SPECIFIED. CONDUITS SHALL BE RIGID STEEL "GRC" (THICK WALL) GALVANIZED; ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING "EMT" (THIN WALL); FLEXIBLE STEEL, GALVANIZED; LIQUID-TIGHT, FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT WITH GROUND BOND; ALUMINUM CONDUIT; OR SCHEDULE 40 PVC. B. ALL EMPTY CONDUITS (CO) SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWING. C. WHERE CONDUIT CROSSES AN EXPANSION JOINT, PROVIDE APPROVED FITTINGS WHICH ALLOW DEFLECTIONS EQUIVALENT TO TWICE THE MOVEMENT ALLOWED BY THE DESIGN. 2.03 CONDUCTORS A. PROVIDE A COMPLETE SYSTEM OF CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND THEN HEREIN SPECIFIED. B. LIGHTING AND POWER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER, 600 VOLT, TYPE THWN/THHN, NO. 12 MINIMUM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. C. CONTROL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE 600V, TYPE THWN/THHN, NO.14 MINIMUM SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2.04 FITTINGS A. CONNECTOR, COUPLING, LOCKNUT, BUSHINGS AND CAPS USED WITH RIGID CONDUIT SHALL BE STEEL, THREADED AND GALVANIZED. BUSHINGS SHALL BE INSULATED. B. EMT FITTINGS, CONNECTORS AND COUPLINGS SHALL BE STEEL, ZINC, OR CADMIUM PLATED, COMPRESSION TYPE, WITH INSULATED THROAT. C. FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT CONNECTORS SHALL BE TWIST-IN-TYPE WITH INSULATED THROAT. THE FINISH SHALL BE ZINC OR CADMIUM PLATING. D. EMT CONDUIT FITTINGS SHALL BE THE COMPRESSION TYPE; SET SCREW FITTINGS SHALL NOT BE USED. 2.05 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES A. FOR INTERIOR DRY LOCATIONS, BOXES SHALL BE GALVANIZED ONE-PIECE DRAWN STEEL, KNOCKOUT TYPE WITH REMOVABLE, MACHINE SCREW SECURED COVERS. B. FOR EXTERIOR WET LOCATIONS, BOXES SHALL BE NEMA 3R OR NEMA 4 RATED, GASKET MACHINE SCREW SECURED COVERS. C. INGROUND PULLBOXES SHALL BE CONCRETE ELECTRICAL PULL BOX WITH LID APPROPRIATE FOR INSTALLATION LOCATION. SIZE PULLBOX PER NEC REQUIREMENTS. D. ALL BOXES SHALL BE SIZED FOR THE NUMBER AND SIZES OF CONDUCTORS AND CONDUITS ENTERING THE BOX AND EQUIPPED WITH PLASTER RINGS WHERE REQUIRED. 2.09 DEVICE PLATES 1. PROVIDE PLATES FOR ALL SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, TELEPHONE AND OTHER OUTLETS. 2. PROVIDE ENGRAVED OR ETCHED PLATES FOR ALL LOCK SWITCHES, PILOT SWITCHES, SWITCHES FROM WHICH EQUIPMENT OR CIRCUIT CONTROLLED CANNOT BE READILY SEEN, THREE OR MORE SWITCHES UNDER A COMMON PLATE AND FOR SWITCHES AS INDICATED. 3. STAINLESS STEEL PLATES SHALL BE AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE (AISI) TYPE 302, WITH BEVELED EDGES, 0.040" THICK WITH SATIN SMOOTH FINISH. "SMOOTHIE," HUBBELL #97071 SERIES. 4. PLASTIC COVER PLATE SHALL BE HIGH IMPACT THERMOPLASTIC, HIGH STRENGTH, SCRATCH-RESISTANT, SMOOTH AND SELF-EXTINGUISHING, HUBBELL "PI" SERIES OR PASS & SEYMOUR RP SERIES. 5. WHERE OUTLETS ARE INDICATED TO BE WEATHERPROOF, PROVIDE AN AISI TYPE 302 STAINLESS WITH DOUBLE HINGED COVERS, PASS & SEYMOUR #WPD-8. 6. GALVANIZED STEEL PLATES SHALL BE SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR AND HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED OR SHERARDIZED, BEVELED EDGES AND 0.040" THICK. GALVANIZED STEEL PLATES SHALL BE USED IN UTILITY AREA. 7. PROVIDE PLATES EQUIPPED WITH CLOSE FITTING OPENINGS FOR THE EXACT DEVICE TO BE USED. PROVIDE PLATES FOR TELEPHONE OUTLETS EQUIPPED WITH BUSHED OPENINGS. 8. REFER TO SECTION 3.08 FOR LABELING OF PLATES. 9. COVER PLATES ON PRESSED STEEL OUTLET BOXES IN FURRED AREAS, ATTICS, ETC., OR EXPOSED IN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS SHALL BE OF THE SAME MATERIAL AS THE OUTLET BOX. 10. COVER PLATES IN LOCATIONS CONCEALED FROM PUBLIC VIEW SHALL HAVE THE CIRCUIT NUMBERS AND SOURCE FEED POINT HAND LABELED WITH MARKING BLACK PEN (PERMANENT MARKER). SEE SECTION 3.08 FOR LABELING. 11. PROVIDE PLASTIC COVER PLATES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 2.13 CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS A. DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCHES SHALL BE FUSED, HEAVY DUTY TYPE SWITCHES MEETING NEMA SPECIFICATIONS. SWITCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH REJECTION TYPE FUSE BLOCKS. PROVIDE SWITCHES WITH THE NUMBER OF POLES, THE VOLTAGE, CURRENT AND HORSEPOWER RATINGS AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE EXTERNALLY OPERABLE QUICK-MAKE, QUICK-BREAK TYPE MECHANISM WITH COVER INTERLOCK AND PADLOCKABLE IN EITHER THE OPEN OR CLOSED POSITION. B. SWITCHES SHALL BE NEMA 3R (RAIN TIGHT ENCLOSURE) WHERE INDICATED TO BE OUTDOORS WEATHERPROOF. C. PROVIDE NAMEPLATE INDICATING EQUIPMENT SERVED. ALL GENERAL SNAP SWITCHES OPERATING MOTOR LOADS SHALL BE HORSEPOWER RATED OR BE RATED AT LEAST 125% OF THE FULL LOAD CURRENT. 2.14 TRANSFORMERS A. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA, NEC AND AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE UL LISTED OR LABELED. B. DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING FEATURES: 1. SELF-COOLED BY NATURAL CONVECTION, ISOLATING WINDINGS, INDOOR, DRY TYPE. AUTOTRANSFORMERS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 2. RATING SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE COPPER WINDINGS. 4. RATINGS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE FOR CONTINUOUS-DUTY WITHOUT THE USE OF COOLING FANS. 5. TRANSFORMERS 30 KVA AND LARGER: UL RATED 220 DEGREES C SYSTEM HAVING AN AVERAGE MAXIMUM RISE BY RESISTANCE OF 150 DEGREES C IN A MAXIMUM AMBIENT OF 40 DEGREES C. 6. TRANSFORMERS BELOW 30 KVA: SAME AS FOR 30 KVA AND LARGER OR UL RATED 185 DEGREES C SYSTEM HAVING AN AVERAGE MAXIMUM RISE BY RESISTANCE OF 115 DEGREES C IN A MAXIMUM AMBIENT OF 40 DEGREES C. 7. PRIMARY AND SECONDARY TAP CONNECTIONS SHALL BE BRAZED OR PRESSURE TYPE. 8. CERTIFIED SOUND LEVELS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE FOLLOWING: TRANSFORMER RATING SOUND LEVEL RATING 0 - 9 KVA 40 DB 10 - 50 KVA 45 DB 51 - 150 KVA 50 DB 151 - 300 KVA 55 DB 301 - 500 KVA 60 DB 9. SINGLE PHASE TRANSFORMERS RATED 15 KVA THROUGH 25 KVA SHALL HAVE TWO, 5 PERCENT FULL CAPACITY TAPS BELOW NORMAL RATED PRIMARY VOLTAGE. ALL TRANSFORMERS RATED 30 KVA AND LARGER SHALL HAVE TWO, 2-1/2 PERCENT FULL CAPACITY TAPS ABOVE, AND FOUR, 2-1/2 PERCENT FULL CAPACITY TAPS BELOW NORMAL RATED PRIMARY VOLTAGE. 10. CORE ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE GROUNDED TO THEIR ENCLOSURES BY ADEQUATE FLEXIBLE GROUND STRAPS. 11. OUTDOOR ENCLOSURES SHALL BE NEMA 3R. 12. TEMPERATURE RISE AT HOTTEST SPOT SHALL CONFORM TO NEMA STANDARDS, AND SHALL NOT BAKE AND PEEL OFF THE ENCLOSURE PAINT AFTER THE TRANSFORMER HAS BEEN PLACED IN SERVICE. 13. VENTILATION OPENINGS SHALL PREVENT ACCIDENTAL ACCESS TO LIVE COMPONENTS. C. TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO WITHSTAND THE OVERHEATING EFFECTS CAUSED BY HARMONICS RESULTING FROM NON-LINEAR (NON-SINUSOIDAL) LOADS SUCH AS OFFICE EQUIPMENT USING SOLID-STATE SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES (I.E. COMPUTERS, LASER PRINTERS AND COPIERS) D. COPPER COILS - NEUTRALS SHALL CARRY AT LEAST 200% OF NORMAL PHASE CURRENT. E. MINIMUM EFFICIENCY DESIGNED TO SUPPLY CIRCUITS WITH A HARMONIC PROFILE EQUAL TO OR LESS THAN A K FACTOR OF 13 WITHOUT EXCEEDING SPECIFIED TEMPERATURE RISE. TRANSFORMERS WITH K FACTOR OF 13 SHALL BE PROVIDED, IF K FACTOR IS NOT SHOWN ON CONTRACT DRAWINGS. TABLE BELOW APPLIES TO K-13 TRANSFORMERS ONLY. F. INSTALLATION OF TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC, AS RECOMMENDED BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AND AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. G. INSTALL THE TRANSFORMERS WITH ADEQUATE CLEARANCE AT A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES FROM WALL AND ADJACENT EQUIPMENT FOR AIR CIRCULATION TO REMOVE THE HEAT PRODUCED BY TRANSFORMERS. H. TRANSFORMERS SHALL MEET THE DOE ENERGY EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS LISTED IN 10 CFR 431. 2.15 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL WIRING FOR MOTORS, STARTERS, CONTROLS, AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. WHERE MOTORS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ARE FURNISHED BY OTHER DIVISIONS, WIRING SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, EXCEPT WHERE WIRED INTEGRALLY WITH THE EQUIPMENT. 2.16 SUPPORTING DEVICES A. ALL EQUIPMENT CONDUITS SHALL BE SUPPORTED, ANCHORED AND BRACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST STRINGENT CODES AND REQUIREMENTS. COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 23 OF THE LATEST CBC (CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP AND COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION A. WORKMANSHIP AND NEAT APPEARANCE SHALL BE AS IMPORTANT AS THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL EFFICIENCY. DEFECTIVE AND DAMAGED MATERIALS SHALL BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED PRIOR TO FINAL INTERPRETATIONS INCLUDED. ANY DEFICIENCY PERTAINING TO EITHER WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIALS FOUND BY THE INSPECTOR SHALL BE CORRECTED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ON JOB SITE A SET OF THE WORKING DRAWINGS WHICH SHALL BE UPDATED DAILY IN DETAIL FOR WORK ACCOMPLISHED. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, A SET OF REPRODUCIBLE CONTRACT DRAWINGS SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL CHANGES AS NOTED ON THE RECORD SET OF PRINTS SHALL BE INCORPORATED THEREON WITH RED INK IN A NEAT, LEGIBLE, UNDERSTANDABLE AND PROFESSIONAL MANNER. C. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL CONNECTED WITH THIS PROJECT SHALL BE INSTALLED COMPLETE, THOROUGHLY CLEANED, AND ALL RESIDUE REMOVED FROM INSIDE SURFACES. EXTERIOR SURFACES OF ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CLEANED AND DELIVERED IN A PERFECT, UNBLEMISHED CONDITION. D. UPON COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION AND AS A CONDITION OF ITS ACCEPTANCE FURNISH ONE COPY OF THE FINAL INSPECTION CERTIFICATE TO THE OWNER. 3.02 PREPARATION COORDINATION. A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS FURNISHING LABOR, MATERIALS AND WORK, SO THAT THE WORK AS WHOLE SHALL BE EXECUTED AND COMPLETED WITHOUT CONFLICT OR DELAY. B. EXAMINE THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND DETERMINE THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY THE ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL AND OTHER TRADES. PROVIDE THE TYPE AND AMOUNT OF ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO PLACE THIS WORK IN PROPER OPERATION, COMPLETELY WIRED TESTED AND READY FOR USE. THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL CONDUIT, WIRE, DISCONNECTS, RELAYS, AND OTHER DEVICES FOR THE REQUIRED OPERATION SEQUENCE OF ALL ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, AND OTHER SYSTEMS OR EQUIPMENT. C. PERFORM ALL WORK IN A MANNER WHICH WILL NOT CAUSE UNNECESSARY INCONVENIENCE OR DANGER TO THE OCCUPANTS, NOR INTERFERE WITH THE ACTIVITIES IN THE BUILDING. D. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE EACH POWER INTERRUPTION WITH OWNER, AND SHALL PROVIDE AT LEAST TWO WEEKS NOTICE OF PROPOSED INTERRUPTION AND WORK TO BE ACCOMPLISHED. 3.03 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING A. PERFORM ALL SUCH TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING IN ACCORDANCE WITH DRAWING DETAILS. 3.04 CORE CUTTING, DRILLING, AND PATCHING A. NO HOLES WILL BE ALLOWED IN ANY STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WITHOUT THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT OR STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 3.05 INSTALLATION A. WORKMANSHIP IS TO BE NEAT, BY EXPERIENCED WORKMEN WITH ADEQUATE SUPERVISION, AND IN LINE WITH NORMAL INDUSTRY WORK PRACTICES. B. MAINTAIN WORKING CLEARANCE AROUND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS AS A MINIMUM. C. ALL CONDUIT TO BE RUN CONCEALED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE ROUTED OVERHEAD IN CEILING SPACES. NO CONDUITS SHALL BE PERMITTED IN CONCRETE SLAB, MASONRY WALLS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SO INDICATED. CONDUIT SHALL BE RUN SO AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH OTHER PIPING FIXTURES OR EQUIPMENT. D. WHERE ALLOWED, EXPOSED CONDUIT RUNS SHALL BE INSTALLED PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO WALLS, STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, OR INTERSECTION OF VERTICAL PLANES AND CEILINGS. E. INSTALL PRODUCTS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. F. ALL ROTATING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH A FLEXIBLE, LIQUID-TIGHT CONDUIT WITH APPROPRIATE SLACK AND SHALL NOT EXCEED THIRTY-SIX (36) INCHES. G. ALL POWER WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. H. INSTALL ACCESSORIES FURNISHED WITH EACH LUMINAIRE. I. PROVIDE CONCRETE BASES FOR LIGHTING POLES.. J. INSTALL POLES AND PLUMB. 1. PROVIDE SHIMS TO ADJUST PLUMB. 2. GROUT AROUND EACH BASE. K. INSTALL LAMPS IN EACH LUMINAIRE. L. BOND LUMINAIRES METAL ACCESSORIES AND METAL POLES TO BRANCH CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS. 3.06 GROUNDING A. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROPERLY GROUNDED AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY THE LATEST EDITION OF APPLICABLE CODES. B. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, CONDUIT AND CLAMPS. THE SIZE OF THE GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN THAT SPECIFIED IN THE NEC. C. BUILDING GROUNDING SYSTEM RESISTANCE TO GROUND SHALL NOT EXCEED 25 OHMS. D. EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH CODE SIZE GREEN GROUND, EQUIPMENT WIRE (PER NEC 250-95) (NOT INDICATED ON DRAWINGS) WITHIN THE SAME CONDUIT FOR ALL CIRCUITS OF PANELBOARDS. 3.07 BRANCH CIRCUITS A. NO MORE THAN THREE BRANCH CIRCUITS PERMITTED IN ONE CONDUIT UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE 3.08 IDENTIFICATION A. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH NAMEPLATES: 1. ALL MOTORS, MOTOR STARTERS, CONTROL PANELS, MOTORS CONTROL REMOTE STATIONS. 2. ALL DISCONNECT AND SAFETY SWITCHES, MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL FEEDER OVERCURRENT DEVICES AND SPARES, CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT IN SEPARATE ENCLOSURES. 3. SPECIAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE PROPERLY IDENTIFIED AT JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES 4. ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL BOARDS SHALL HAVE IDENTIFYING ENGRAVED PLASTIC NAMEPLATES. ALSO, PROVIDE A TYPED DIRECTORY CARD FOR EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD. THE CARD IS TO BE PLACED ON THE INTERIOR SIDE OF THE PANELBOARD DOOR BEHIND A CLEAR PLASTIC SHIELD. THE CARD SHALL IDENTIFY EACH CIRCUIT BY NUMBER, LOAD, AND LOCATION. 5. IN GENERAL, EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS DESIGNATED ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. NAMEPLATES FOR PANELBOARDS AND SWITCHBOARDS SHALL INCLUDE THE PANEL DESIGNATION, VOLTAGE AND PHASE OF THE SUPPLY. THE NAME OF THE MACHINE SHALL BE THE SAME AS THE NAME USED ON ALL MOTOR STARTERS, DISCONNECTS, AND P.B STATION NAMEPLATES FOR THAT MACHINE. B. NAMEPLATES SHALL BE FABRICATED AS FOLLOWS: 1. NAMEPLATE MATERIALS SHALL CONSIST OF 3-PLY, 1/16" LAMINATED PLASTIC WITH WHITE CORE FOR LETTERING AND BLACK BACKGROUND. 2. CAPITAL LETTERS SHALL BE USED. 3. NAMEPLATES SHALL BE FASTENED WITH CADMIUM-PLATED SELF-TAPPING NO. 6 SCREWS 1/4" LONG 4. THE MINIMUM SIZE OF ALL NAME PLATES AND LETTERING SHALL BE 3/4" HIGH BY 2" LONG WITH 1/4" LETTERS. 3.09 PROTECTION A. USE ALL MEANS NECESSARY TO PROTECT THE WORK AND MATERIALS FROM LOSS DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION, AND PROVIDE ADEQUATE AND PROPER STORAGE FACILITIES DURING THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK. PROVIDE FOR THE SAFETY AND GOOD CONDITION OF ALL WORK UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK BY THE OWNER. REPLACE ALL DAMAGE OR DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIAL, AND EQUIPMENT AT NO EXPENSE TO THE OWNER BEFORE REQUESTING FINAL ACCEPTANCE. 3.10 CLEANING OF EQUIPMENT, MATERIAL, AND PREMISES A. SITE SHALL BE LEFT BROOM CLEAN AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK EACH DAY. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, LEAVE THE PREMISES CLEAN OF ALL DIRT AND DEBRIS. B. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL CONNECTED WITH THIS PROJECT SHALL BE INSTALLED COMPLETE, THOROUGHLY CLEANED, AND ALL RESIDUE REMOVED FROM INSIDE SURFACES. EXTERIOR SURFACES OF ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CLEANED AND DELIVERED IN A PERFECT, UNBLEMISHED CONDITION. 3.11 HANDLING OF WIRE AND CABLE A. HANDLE WIRE AND CABLE SO AS TO AVOID DAMAGE TO CONDUCTORS AND TAKE EVERY PRECAUTION TO AVOID SHARP BENDING OR SCORING OF THE CABLE. CABLE SHALL NOT BE LAID NOR DRAGGED UPON THE GROUND. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REQUIRED TO REMOVE AND REPLACE AT HIS OWN EXPENSE ALL WIRE AND CABLE DAMAGED DUE TO IMPROPER HANDLING, AND SHALL PAY FOR THE NEW WIRE OR CABLE. 3.12 TESTING AND INSPECTIONS A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS AND ARRANGE ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS FOR THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ALL DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE EQUIPMENT OR WORK. C. ALL CIRCUITS SHALL BE TESTED FOR CONTINUITY AND CIRCUIT INTEGRITY BY THE CONTRACTOR. ADJUSTMENTS SHALL BE MADE FOR CIRCUITS NOT COMPLYING WITH TESTING CRITERIA. D. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL INSTRUMENTS AND PERFORM ANY ADDITIONAL TESTS REQUIRED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO CORRECT ALL FAILURES AND REPLACE ANY DAMAGED PORTIONS OF THE WORK RESULTING FROM THOSE TESTS. THE COST OF THE FOREGOING ITEMS SHALL BE PAID BY THE CONTRACTOR. E. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH THE OWNER CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND APPROVAL BY THE ELECTRICAL INSPECTION AUTHORITY ON ALL WORK COMPETED AS REQUIRED. F. TITLE 24 REQUIRES THE COMPLETION OF ALL APPLICABLE CERTIFICATES OF INSTALLATION AND CERTIFICATES OF ACCEPTANCE FOR LIGHTING SYSTEMS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE INDOOR AND OUTDOOR LIGHTING SYSTEMS. G. CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS AND DIVISION-1 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO WORK OF THIS SECTION. H. COMPLETE ALL TITLE 24 REQUIRED CERTIFICATE(S) OF INSTALLATION (NRCI) AND CERTIFICATE(S) OF ACCEPTANCE (NRCA) TO BE COMPLETED PER THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. I. RESPONSIBILITIES OF INSTALLING CONTRACTORS A.A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR (GC) a. ENSURE THAT ALL CONTRACTORS IDENTIFIED AS THE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR ACCEPTANCE TESTING AND COMPLETION OF THE TITLE 24 CERTIFICATE(S) OF ACCEPTANCE ARE CERTIFIED BY THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA OR ITS DESIGNATED BODY TO CONDUCT EACH RESPECTIVE TEST. A.A. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR (EC) a. VERIFY PROPER INSTALLATION AND PERFORMANCE OF ALL ELECTRICAL SERVICES PROVIDED. b. COMPLETE TITLE 24 CERTIFICATE(S) OF INSTALLATION AND MANUFACTURER'S PRE-START CHECKLISTS PRIOR TO SCHEDULING STARTUP/PROGRAMMING OF LIGHTING CONTROL EQUIPMENT. i. RETAIN CERTIFICATE(S) OF INSTALLATION IN A 3-RING BINDER IN AN ORGANIZED FASHION. BINDER IS TO REMAIN ON THE JOB SITE ii. MAKE CERTIFICATE(S) OF INSTALLATION AVAILABLE FOR BUILDING INSPECTOR'S REVIEW. iii. RETAIN CALIBRATION RECORDS FOR EQUIPMENT PROVIDED WITH MANUFACTURER CALIBRATED SENSORS IN THE CERTIFICATE(S) OF INSTALLATION BINDER. iv. CORRECT LABELING OF ALL CIRCUITS WITH CONNECTED EQUIPMENT. c. COMPLETE THE CERTIFICATE(S) OF ACCEPTANCE PER THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. i. THE COMPANY INSTALLING THE LIGHTING SYSTEMS MUST BE AN AUTHORIZED LIGHTING CONTROLS ACCEPTANCE TEST EMPLOYER CERTIFIED BY A LIGHTING CONTROLS ACCEPTANCE TEST TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATION PROVIDER OR INCLUDE IN THEIR BID THE COST OF RETAINING AND OVERSEEING A CONTRACTOR WHO IS AN AUTHORIZED LIGHTING CONTROLS ACCEPTANCE TEST EMPLOYER TO COMPLETE THE ACCEPTANCE TESTING. ii. ALL REQUIRED ACCEPTANCE TESTING MUST BE COMPLETED BY A LIGHTING CONTROLS ACCEPTANCE TEST TECHNICIAN EMPLOYED BY THE LIGHTING CONTROLS ACCEPTANCE TEST EMPLOYER. iii. RETAIN CERTIFICATE(S) OF ACCEPTANCE IN A 3-RING BINDER IN AN ORGANIZED FASHION. BINDER IS TO REMAIN ON THE JOB SITE iv. UPLOAD ALL CERTIFICATE(S) OF ACCEPTANCE TO THE CALIFORNIA TITLE 24 CERTIFICATES OF ACCEPTANCE DATABASE, IF, AT THE TIME OF PROJECT COMPLETION, THE DATABASE IS AVAILABLE TO THE PUBLIC. d. SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF THE REQUIRED ACCEPTANCE TESTS IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR. ANY COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH MODIFICATIONS NECESSARY TO OBTAIN COMPLIANCE AND RE-TESTING OF SYSTEMS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BASE BID OF THIS PROJECT. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS OUTDOOR DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL ENERGY CONSULTANTS San Bernardino, CA 92408 412 E. Vanderbilt Way Phone: 909.890.3700 Fax: 909.890.3770 Email: [email protected] N0. REVISIONS DATE BY APP. APPROVED BY : SHT. OF P.W. DIRECTOR/CITY ENGINEER DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DESIGNED BY F. B. REF. LIMITS: PROJECT : NO. DWG. DATE: R .C .E . NO. ROWLEY PARK ELECTRONIC SIGN DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSCITY OF GARDENA ENGINEERING DIVISION 5-2615 SMES, SM ES ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E2.1
SIGN FRAMING SECTION- REFERENCE
8" 5" 1' 1'-2" 15'-7" 1'-2" 1' SIGN BOX DESIGN BY SIGN MANUFACTURER1-1/2" x 1-1/2" ALUMINUM ANGLE FRAMING RIVETED OR GLUED BY SIGN MANUFACTURER. SIGN MANUFACTURER TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS. 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" ALUMINUM ANGLE FRAMING. SIGN MANUFACTURER TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS. FINISH GRADE. SLOPE 2% AWAY FROM SIGN. STEEL BASE PLATE COVER - 31" SQ. X 15" HT. BOLTED TOGETHER W/ TAMPER RESISTANT S.S. BOLTS. 20'-0" 10'-0" - SEE STRUCTURAL SHET S-1 5'-0" DIA. SEE STRUCTURAL SHEET S-1 4" 1/2" RADIUS REINFORCED CONCRETE FOOTING. SEE STRUCTURAL SHEET S-1. 4'-4" (2) CONDUIT FOR DATA AND POWER INSIDE POST. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS. HAND HOLE W/ COVER 15" CLEAR OF BASE PLATE. 10' 1'-6" 3" x 3" x 1/4" MILD STL FRAMING SUPPORT TYP.
15" STEEL BASE PLATE W/ WELDED GUSSETS SEE STRUCTURAL SHEET S-1. ANCHOR BOLTS. SEE STRUCTURAL SHEET S-1. VIDEO DISPLAY SLOPE 2% AWAY FROM POST 4"x 4" x 1/4" HSS SUPPORT WELDED TO POST W/ CONTINUOUS FILLET WELD POST. SEE STRUCTURAL SHEET S-1. 4"x 4" x 1/4" HSS SUPPORT WELDED TO POST W/ CONTINUOUS FILLET WELD 2 1/2" 11-1/16" 9'-10 1/2" 1'-8" 2'-7" 9'-2" MANIFACTURER'S T-CLIP BOLTED TO VIDEO DISPLAY. ATTACH TO STRUCTURAL SUPPORT PER MANUFACTURER'S DRAWING 3183257 BOLLARD SECTION CL
3'-6" 2'-6"
2"
3"
CLR
TYP. S-1
SHUCRI (CHUCK) YAGHI
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
112 E. CHAPMAN AVE SUITE D
ORANGE , CA 92866 PH. 714-997-9120
ROWLEY PARK- ELECTRONIC SIGN
13220 VAN NESS AVE.
GARDENA, CA. 90249
DVD
Landscape Architects and Park Planners
David Volz Design
Corporate Office
151 Kalmus Drive, Suite M8
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
714.641.1300
Coachella Valley Office
78060 Calle Estado
La Quinta, CA 92253
760.580.5165
San Jose Office
111 North Market Street, Suite 300
San Jose, CA 95113
669.444.0461
DESIGNING LANDSCAPES THAT
CREATE COMMUNITY
www.dvolzdesign.com
September 9, 2024
February 12, 2025
Jun De Castro
Associate Engineer
City of Gardena
1717 West 162nd Street
Gardena, CA 90247
RE: PROPOSAL TO PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD SERVICES FOR ROWLEY PARK SIGN
READER BOARD
Dear Mr. De Castro,
With this important project ready to start construction, our design team is ready to assist the City of Gardena with construction period services. We are projecting a limited amount of hours and will bill time and materials. We are assuming up to five site visits/meetings to review construction progress for demolition, layout and construction of the new readerboard sign. The DVD will include a letter of substantial completion and a final punch walk.
Task 1 - Construction Assistance
1.01 Attend pre-construction meeting
1.02 Respond to project Requests for Information (RFI’s)
1.03 Review submittals
1.04 Participate in construction progress meetings and prepare meeting summary notes (five meetings)
Task 2 - 3D Rendering in Lumion
2.01 From the model we will select an appropriate eye-level view that includes the area within the limit of work. The Lumion model would be a full 3D model and a more realistic and accurate representation.
FEE PROPOSAL
Thank you for including David Volz Design on the team for this project. We are looking forward to continue working with you and the City of Gardena. Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to call.
Very truly yours,
DAVID VOLZ DESIGN
Eric Sterling, R.L.A. # 5463
Designing landscapes that create
community...
Leveraging location-based
technologies to create a smarter world
FEE SCHEDULE
SLA SLD LD AD
Scope of Services $175 $155 $140 $110
Task 1 - Construction Period Services 34 10 10 10 64 $ 10,000 Task 2- 3D Rendering - Lumion Photoshop $ 2,000
$ 12,000
Assumptions:
1. TOTAL PROPOSED FEE
Total
Hrs
Fee
Hours will be billed for time and materials, not to exceed contract amount. Additional amount will require change order.
CITY OF GARDENA
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
PARK ELECTRONIC SIGNAGE
ROWLEY PARK
JN 529
OCTOBER 2024
CITY OF GARDENA
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
PARK ELECTRONIC SIGNAGE
ROWLEY PARK
JN 529
Plans & Specifications prepared by:
Memoranda:
Plans and specifications are available at Planwell Administrator, 562.436.9761 or https://www.e-arc.com/location/costa-mesa/ (Go to Planrooms/Order From Planwell/Public Planroom and select City of Gardena under pulldown menu) Bid Results: https://www.cityofgardena.org/public-contracts/ City of Gardena Public Works Engineering Division: 310.217.9568 CD-1
CITY OF GARDENA
NOTICE INVITING BIDS
for
PARK ELECTRONIC SIGNAGE
ROWLEY PARK
JN 529
Plans and Specifications are available through ARC Document Solutions. Please be advised that there is an additional charge for delivery. Upon payment of the purchase price, they become the property of the purchaser and may not be returned for refund.
You may access the plans through the following website under Public Planroom:
https://www.e-arc.com/location/costa-mesa/
(Scroll down to “Planrooms”/”Order From PlanWell”/”Public Planroom” and select City of Gardena under the “in all company” pulldown menu)
or
https://customer.e-arc.com/arcEOC/Secures/PWELL_PrivateList.aspx?PrjType=pub For help accessing and ordering, please contact a Planwell Administrator at 562.436.9761.
Notice is hereby given that the City of Gardena will receive sealed bids at the office of the City Clerk, City Hall, 1700 W. 162nd Street, Gardena, California, until 3pm on Jan. 30, 2025 and shortly thereafter on this same day, they will be publicly opened and read in the City Clerk’s Office in-person and via ZOOM.
The information to join the bid opening via ZOOM is the following:
Topic: Bid Opening
Time: 3:00 PM on Jan. 30, 2025 (Shortly thereafter the deadline) Join ZOOM Meeting
https://us02web.zoom.us/j/86867077570
Meeting ID: 868 6707 7570
Dial by phone: +1 669 444 9171 US
Should you have any questions or concern in delivering a bid or joining the ZOOM Meeting, please contact City Clerk’s office at (310) 217-9565 or via email at [email protected].
All bids must be in writing, must be sealed, and must be plainly marked on the outside: "BID ON PROJECT NO. JN 529. Any bid received after the hour stated above for any reason whatsoever, will not be considered for any purpose but will be returned unopened to the bidder.
Bids are required for the entire work as described below:
Install two sided LED electronic sign with footing, electrical service, controls, curbs, trees, shrubs etc. per plan.
ENGINEER’S ESTIMATE: $450,000
The time of completion of contract shall be [30] working days (construction) as defined in the latest Standard Specifications for Public Works (“Greenbook”). Does not include submittal, review and order period. Liquidated Damages, as defined in Section 6-9, shall be [$1,000] per each consecutive calendar day.
CD-2
Each bidder must submit a proposal to the City, c/o City Clerk in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Said proposal is to be accompanied by a cash deposit, a certified or cashier's check, or a bidder's bond, made payable to the City of Gardena, in an amount not less than 10 percent of the total bid submitted.
The envelope enclosing the proposal shall be sealed and addressed to the City of Gardena c/o City Clerk, and delivered or mailed to the City at 1700 W. 162nd Street, Gardena, California 90247-3778. The envelope shall be plainly marked in the upper left-hand corner as follows:
ATTENTION: CITY, c/o CITY CLERK
(Bidder's Name and Address)
(Number and title of this project) ________________________ The successful bidder will be required to furnish a faithful performance bond in the amount of 100 percent of the contract price, and a payment bond in the amount of 100 percent of the contract price, both in a form satisfactory to the City Attorney.
The contractor shall have an active Class “C45” or “A” license from the Contractor’s State License Board at the time of submitting bid.
Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, the Contractor may, at Contractor's sole cost and expense, substitute securities equivalent to any monies withheld by the City to insured performance under the contract unless applicable federal regulations or policies do not allow such substitution. Such security shall be deposited with the City, or a state or federally chartered bank as escrow agent, who shall pay such monies to the Contractor upon satisfactory completion of the Contract. The Contractor shall be the beneficial owner of any security substituted for monies withheld and shall receive any accrued interest thereon. Securities eligible for investment shall include those listed in Government Code Section 16430 or bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit. No such substitution shall be accepted until the escrow agreement, letter of credit, form of security and any other document related to said substitution is reviewed and found acceptable by the City Attorney.
The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informality or irregularity in any bid received and to be the sole judge of the merits of the respective bids received. The award, if made, will be made to the lowest responsive responsible bidder.
Bidders are advised that this Project is a public work for purposes of the California Labor Code, which requires payment of prevailing wages. Accordingly, the bidder awarded the Contract and all subcontractors shall be required to pay not less than the prevailing rate of per diem wages, as determined by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations, and otherwise comply with the provisions of Section 1770 et seq. of the California Labor Code, California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 16000 et seq., and any other applicable laws, rules and regulations adopted with respect thereto (“California Prevailing Wage Laws”).
Attention is directed to the provisions of Sections 1777.5 and 1777.6 of the Labor Code concerning the employment of apprentices by Contractor or any Subcontractor under it.
Contractor and any Subcontractor under if shall comply with the requirements of said sections in the employment of apprentices.
The Contractor is prohibited from performing work on this project with a subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on the project pursuant to Section 1777.1 or 1777.7 of the Labor Code.
CD-3
This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. All contractors and subcontractors must furnish electronic certified payroll records directly to the Labor Commissioner (aka Division of Labor Standards Enforcement) in a format prescribed by the Labor Commissioner no less than monthly.
As of January 1, 2016, the requirement to furnish electronic certified payroll records to the Labor Commissioner will apply to all public works projects, whether new or ongoing. City may require a copy of the electronic certified payroll records submitted to the DIR at anytime.
Exceptions: The Labor Commissioner may (but is not required to) excuse contractors and subcontractors from furnishing electronic certified payroll records to the Labor Commissioner on a project that is under the jurisdiction of one of the four legacy DIR-approved labor compliance programs (Caltrans, City of Los Angeles, Los Angeles Unified School District, and County of Sacramento) or that is covered by a qualifying project labor agreement.
These requirements will apply to all public works projects that are subject to the prevailing wage requirements of the Labor Code without regard to funding source.
The State General Prevailing Wage Determination is as established by the California Department of Industrial Relations (available at http://www.dir.ca.gov/DLSR/PWD/index.htm).
Skilled and Trained Workforce: This project is subject to Skilled and Trained Workforce Requirements per Sections 2600 through 2603 of the Public Contract Code.
Award of Contract: The following are conditions to the award of the contract:
I. Each contractor and subcontractor listed on the bid must be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5. subject to the limited exceptions set forth in Labor Code Section 1771.1(a) (regarding the submission of a bid as authorized by Business & Professions Code Section 7029.1 or Public Contract Code Section 10164 or 20103.5 provided the contractor is registered to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5 at the time the contract was awarded):
and
II. No contractor or subcontractor may be awarded this contract unless the contractor and each subcontractor listed on the bid is registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Section 17265.5.
Any questions regarding this bid package may be referred to Jun De Castro, Public Works Engineering Division at 310.217.9642
PARK ELECTRONIC SIGNAGE - ROWLEY PARK- JN529
PROJECT LOCATION
T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S
ROWLEY PARK ELECTRONIC SIGN
DESCRIPTION PAGE DESCRIPTION PAGE
i
Title Page ....................................................................
Notice Inviting Bids ......................................................
Location Map...............................................................
Table of Contents ........................................................ i Instructions to Bidders ................................................. ii-iv BID PROPOSAL (To Be Submitted with Proposal)
Bid Schedule ............................................................... BP-2 Acknowledgement of Addenda Received..................... BP-5 Bidder’s Declaration..................................................... BP-6 Non-collision Affidavit .................................................. BP-8 Declaration of Eligibility to Contract.............................. BP-9 Bid Bond...................................................................... BP-10 Designation of Subcontractors..................................... BP-11 Construction Project Reference ................................... BP-12 Certificate of Non-Discrimination by Contractors.......... BP-13 Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension,
Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion –
Primary Covered Transition .................................... BP-14 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS (To Be Submitted after Award)
Agreement................................................................... CD-2 Faithful Performance Bond .......................................... CD-4 Payment Bond............................................................. CD-6 Workers’ Compensation Insurance Certificate ............. CD-8 Indemnification and Hold Harmless Agreement
Of Subrogation and Contribution.............................. CD-9 Insurance..................................................................... CD-10
GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS ............................ GP-1 Section 1 – General................................................ GP-1 Section 2 – Scope of the Work................................ GP-4 Section 3 – Control of the Work .............................. GP-7 Section 4 – Control of Material................................ GP-9 Section 5 – Legal Relations and Responsibilities .... GP-10 Section 6 – Prosecution and Progress of the Work . GP-11 Section 7 – Measurement and Payment.................. GP-14 Section 8 – Facilities for Agency Personnel............. GP-14
TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 – TECHNICAL PROVISIONS.......................... TP-1
PART 2 – CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS................... TP-1 Section 200 – Rock Materials.................................. TP-1 Section 201 – Concrete, Mortar, and Related
Materials........................................... TP-2 Section 203 – Bituminous Materials......................... TP-3 PART 3 – CONSTRUCTION METHODS ..................... TP-4 Section 300 – Earthwork ......................................... TP-4 Section 302 – Roadway Surfacing........................... TP-6 Section 303 – Concrete and Masonry Construction. TP-6
Section 305 – Mobilization....................................... TP-7 PART 4 – EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS ...................... TP-8 Section 400 – Protection and Restoration................ TP-8 Section 401 – Removal ........................................... TP-8 Section 402 – Utilities.............................................. TP-9 PART 6 – TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL ............ TP-10
Section 600 – Access.............................................. TP-10 Section 601 – Temporary Traffic Control for
Construction and Maintenance
Work Zones ...................................... TP-11 PART 8 – LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION ................. TP-12 Section 801 – Installation ........................................ TP-12
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
LED READERBOARD SPECIFICATIONS
ii
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
FORM OF PROPOSAL
The Proposal shall be fully executed and submitted on the forms in the project specifications and shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope marked and addressed as directed in the Notice Inviting Bids.
PRPOSAL / BID DOCUMENTS
All Proposals shall include the following executed documents to be submitted with each bid:
Bidding Schedule
Acknowledgement of Addenda Received
Bidder's Declaration
Non-Collusion Affidavit
Declaration of Eligibility of Contract
Bid Bond
Designation of Subcontractors
Construction Project Reference
Certificate of Non-Discrimination by Contractors
Certification of Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion – Primary Covered Transitions
DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL
The Proposal shall be delivered by the time and to the place stipulated in the Notice Inviting Bids. It is the bidder's sole responsibility to see that its Proposal is received as stipulated. Any Proposal received after the scheduled closing time for receipt of proposals will be returned to the bidder unopened.
WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSAL
The Proposal may be withdrawn by the bidder by means of a written request, signed by the bidder or its properly authorized representative. Such written request must be delivered to the place stipulated in the Notice Inviting Bids for receipt of proposals prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of proposals. No Proposal may be withdrawn after the hour fixed for opening bids.
MODIFICATIONS AND ALTERNATIVE PROPOSALS
iii
Unauthorized conditions, limitations, or provisions attached to the Proposal will render it informal and may be grounds for its rejection as non-responsive. The completed Proposal forms shall be without interlineations, alterations, or erasures. Alternative proposals will not be considered unless specifically requested. Oral, telegraphic, or telephonic proposals or modifications will not be considered.
DISCREPANCIES IN PROPOSALS
In the event there is more than one bid item in a Bidding Schedule, the bidder shall furnish a price for all bid items in the Schedule, and failure to do so will render the Proposal informal and may be grounds for its rejection as non-responsive. The bidder shall state in words and figures the unit prices or the specific sums as the case may be, for which it proposes to supply the labor, materials, supplies, or machinery, and completely perform the Contract. The total amount of each item bid and the total amount of the bid shall be stated in words and figures.
In case of any discrepancy between the words and the figures, the words shall prevail. If the unit price and the total amount named by a bidder for any items are not in agreement, the unit price alone will be considered as representing the bidder's intention and the total will be corrected to conform thereto.
PROPOSAL GUARANTEE – BIDDER’S SECURITY
Each bidder shall submit with his Proposal cash, an unconditional certified or cashier's check, or a bidder's bond, in the sum of the percentage of the bid stated in the Notice Inviting Bids, payable to the City as a guarantee that the bidder will, if its Proposal is accepted, execute the Contract and furnish a satisfactory Faithful Performance Bond, a satisfactory Payment Bond and insurance certificates as specified herein.
If a bidder to whom an award is made, fails or refuses to sign the Contract or furnish the required bonds and certificates, all within the time stated in Section 2-1.5 of the Special Provisions herein, the funds represented by said cash, check or bidder's bond shall be forfeited and become and remain the property of the City; the amount thereof being agreed to by the bidder and the surety as a bid bond forfeiture due to the City because of the delay in the execution of the Contract and in the performance of work thereunder, resulting from such failure or refusal, except that if the City awards the contract to the next lowest responsive responsible bidder, only that portion of the bidder's security equal to the difference between the two bids will be forfeited.
A Bid Bond must be obtained from a corporate surety authorized to do business as such in the State of California as an “admitted surety insurer” and shall be on the form furnished by the City or one substantially in conformance with it. Certified or cashier's checks must be drawn on a solvent state or nationally chartered bank or branch thereof in the State of California. The liability of the City in connection with the checks shall be limited to the return of the checks (without interest) as provided in Section 2-1.6 of the Special Provisions bound herein.
DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
iv
A person, firm, or corporation shall NOT be allowed to make or file, or to be interested in, more than one bid, except an alternative bid when specifically requested; provided, however, a person, firm, or corporation who has submitted a sub-proposal to a bidder submitting a Proposal, or who has quoted prices on materials to such bidders, is not thereby disqualified from submitting a sub-proposal or from quoting prices to other bidders submitting proposals, or from submitting a Proposal as a prime contractor. Similarly, failure to comply with the registration requirements of Labor Code Section 1725.5, as further described in the Notice Inviting Bids, will disqualify a bidder.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
The bidder's attention is directed to the Special Provisions and Technical Provisions bound herein for additional requirements of the Proposal and Contract Documents.
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Contract Documents are to be submitted within twenty-one (21) calendar days AFTER award of contract unless extended by agreement of the City. Failure to timely submit executed Contract Documents may be grounds for rejecting the bid award and forfeiture of the bid security. See enclosed documents commencing on page CD-1.
TO BE SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSAL
BP-1
BID PROPOSAL (BP)
PARK ELECTRONIC SIGNAGE
ROWLEY PARK
JN 529
Contractor:
Address:
Phone:
Fax:
License No.:
D.I.R. No.
Email:
To Be Submitted
WITH
Bid Package
TO BE SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSAL
BP-2
BID PROPOSAL
PROJECT NO. JN 529
BID SCHEDULE
The undersigned, having examined the proposed Contract Documents titled:
PARK ELECTRONIC SIGNAGE
and having visited the site and examined the conditions affecting the work, hereby proposes and agrees to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and appliances, and to perform operations necessary to complete the work as required by said proposed Contract Documents and itemized bid schedule below. All work shall be completed within 30 Working Days from the date the Notice of Proceed is issued by the Engineer.
Item
No. Item Description Unit Approx.Quantity
Unit Price
in Figures Item Total
1 Traffic Control & Public Safety LS LS $ $
2 Best Management Practices LS LS $ $
3 Clear & Grubbing LS LS $ $
4 Demolition & Removals LS LS $ $
5 Temporary Construction Fencing LS LS $ $
6 6” Curb LF 250 $ $
7 Soil Preparation & Fine Grading SF 1,130 $ $
8 Weed Abatement SF 1,130 $ $
9 Remove 18” Soil, AC, Base, etc. LS LS $ $
10 Import 18” Class A Top Soil LS LS $ $
11 Trees – 24” Box EA 1 $ $
TO BE SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSAL
BP-3
12 Shrubs – 5 Gal EA 119 $ $
13 Irrigation Modification LS LS $ $
14 Wood Mulch (3” Layer) LS LS $ $
15 Ninety (90) Day Maintenance LS LS $ $
16 LED Readerboard Sign LS LS $ $
17 AC Cut & Patch LS LS $ $
18 Backfill AC Trench LS LS $ $
19 3#4 1#8GRD – 1-1/4”C LS LS $ $
20 1-1/2”C LS LS $ $
21 Pull Box 17x12x12 EA 3 $ $
22 Electrical Services and Controls LS LS $ $
23 Building and Safety Permit LS LS $8,700.10 $8,700.10 BID SCHEDULE (Continued)
TOTAL CONTRACT BID:
(Figures) $
(Words) ______
* In case of error in extension of price into the total price column, the unit price will govern.
All work required and shown on the construction plans and this specification for which no price or item is listed on this proposal, it shall be understood that such work, equipment, labor, tools and materials shall be provided without extra charge, allowance or direct payment of any kind. Payment for performing such work or furnishing such equipment, labor, tools and materials shall be included in the above lump sum or unit bid prices and no additional compensation will paid therefor.
TO BE SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSAL
BP-4
If the City determines that any of the unit bid prices are significantly unbalanced to the potential detriment of the City, the bid will be replaced as non-responsive.
In case of any discrepancy between the words and the figures, the words shall prevail. If the unit price and the total amount for any item are not in agreement, the unit price alone shall be considered to represent the bidder’s intention and all totals will be corrected to conform thereto.
Attached hereto is cash, a certified check, a cashier's check, or a bidder's bond in the amount of _______________________________________________________________________Dollar s, said amount being not less than 10 percent of the amount bid. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Sections 20172 and 20174, it is agreed a portion equal to the difference between the low bid and second low bid shall be retained as a bid bond forfeiture by the City if the undersigned fails or refuses to execute the Contract and furnish the required bonds and certificates of insurance within the time provided.
Name of Bidder
Signature of Bidder
TO BE SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSAL
BP-5
BID PROPSOAL
PROJECT NO. JN 529_
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA RECEIVED
The Bidder shall acknowledge the receipt of addenda by number and date each addendum received.
Addendum No. ____ Date ___________ Addendum No. ____ Date ___________ Addendum No. ____ Date ___________ Addendum No. ____ Date ___________ Addendum No. ____ Date ___________ Addendum No. ____ Date ___________ Addenda will be issued only through the ARC Document Solutions and access under their “Planrooms”/”Order From Planwell” (https://www.e-arc.com/location/costa-mesa/). It is the Bidder’s sole responsibility to visit the Planroom to obtain and administer any Addendum related to this bid. An Addendum must be acknowledged above by a bidder in its submitted form of Proposal.
If an addendum or addenda has been issued by the City and not noted above as being received by the Bidder, the Bid Proposal may be rejected.
____________________________________ _____________________________ Bidder’s Signature Date
TO BE SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSAL
BP-6
BID PROPOSAL
PROJECT NO. JN 529_
BIDDER'S DECLARATION
It is understood and agreed that:
1. The undersigned has carefully examined all documents which will form a part of the Contract; namely, the Notice Inviting Bids, the Instructions to Bidders, this Proposal, the Bid Bond, the Contract, the Faithful Performance Bond, the Payment Bond, the federal requirements, if any, the Plans and Specifications, the Special Provisions, and the Technical Provisions.
2. The undersigned has, by investigation at the site of the work and otherwise, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work and fully informed himself as to all conditions and matters, which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof.
3. The undersigned fully understands the scope of work and has checked carefully all words and figures inserted in this Proposal and he further understands that the City will not be responsible for any errors or omissions in the preparation of the Proposal.
4. The undersigned agrees and acknowledges that he is aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and that the undersigned will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Contract if it is awarded to the undersigned.
The undersigned will execute the Contract and furnish the required statutory bonds and certificates of insurance within the period of time specified in the Contract Documents.
The undersigned will begin work after award of Contract and a Notice to Proceed has been given as herein specified and will complete said work within the time specified in the Bidding Schedule.
5. The undersigned certifies that this Proposal is genuine and not sham or collusive, or made in the interest or on behalf of a person not herein named, and the undersigned has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a sham bid nor induced any other person, firm, or corporation to refrain from bidding. The undersigned has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure for himself any advantage over any other bidder.
6. The undersigned will accept an award and enter into a Contract for all work scheduled herein on which he puts in a bid. The awards for such work are to be entirely at the discretion of the City after evaluation of the bids as submitted. The undersigned agrees that the City shall recover or retain as a bid bond forfeiture an amount equal to the difference between the low bid and amount of the bid of the bidder with whom the City enters into a Contract, and the surplus, if any, shall be returned to the lowest bidder in accordance with the provisions of the Public Contract Code Sections 20172 and 20174 in the event of his failure to execute a Contract and furnish required bonds and insurance therefor within the time provided.
TO BE SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSAL
BP-7
BIDDER'S DECLARATION (Continued)
7. The undersigned bidder stated under penalty of perjury that the representations made in submitting this bid are, to the best of his/her knowledge, true, accurate, and complete.
Respectfully submitted,
_______________________________ ______________________________________ Contractor's Business Name Contractor (Print)Title
________________________________ ______________________________________ Business Address: Street Signature Title
________________________________ ______________________________________ City State Zip Contractor's License No. and Classification ________________________________ ______________________________________ Business Phone Number Business Fax Number
Date
________________________________ ______________________________________ Name Title Residence: Street
________________________________ ______________________________________ City State Zip Residence Phone Number
Note: If the bid is made by an individual, it must be signed with the full name of the bidder, whose address must be given: if it is made by a firm, it must be signed in the copartnership's name by a general partner thereof, who shall also sign his or her own name, and the name and full address of each partner (general and/or limited) must be given; and if it is made by a corporation, it must be signed by a properly authorized officer, the corporate name shall be set forth, and the corporate seal shall be affixed.
TO BE SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSAL
BP-8
BID PROPOSAL
PROJECT NO. JN 529_
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
(To be executed by Bidder and submitted with Bid)
State of California
County of Los Angeles
being first duly sworn, deposes and
says that he or she is of
the party making the foregoing bid, that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on the behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay fee to any corporation, or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid.
NAME OF BIDDER
SIGNATURE OF BIDDER
ADDRESS OF BIDDER
CITY STATE ZIP
ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE WITNESSED BY NOTARY
(attach appropriate jurats)
TO BE SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSAL
BP-9
BID PROPOSAL
PROJECT NO. JN 529_
DECLARATION OF ELIGIBILITY TO CONTRACT
[Labor Code Section 1777.1; Public Contract Code Section 6109] The undersigned, a duly authorized representative of the contractor, certifies and declares that:
1. The undersigned contractor is aware of Sections 1777.1 and 1777.7 of the California Labor Code, which prohibit a contractor or subcontractor who has been found by the Labor Commissioner or the Director of Industrial Relations to be in violation of certain provisions of the Labor Code, from bidding on, being awarded, or performing work as a subcontractor on a public works project for specified periods of time.
2. The undersigned contractor is not ineligible to bid on, be awarded or perform work as a subcontractor on a public works project by virtue of Sections 1771.1 or 1777.7 of the California Labor Code or any other provision of law.
3. The undersigned contractor is aware of California Public Contract Code Section 6109, which states:
“(a) A public entity, as defined in Section 1100 [of the Public Contract Code], may not permit a contractor or subcontractor who is ineligible to bid or work on, or be awarded, a public works project pursuant to Section 1777.1 or 1777.7 of the Labor Code to bid on, be awarded, or perform work as a subcontractor on, a public works project. Every public works project shall contain a provision prohibiting a contractor from performing work on a public works project with a subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on the public works project pursuant to Section 1771.1 or 1777.7 of the Labor Code.” “(b) Any contract on a public works project entered into between a contractor and a debarred subcontractor is void as a matter of law. A debarred subcontractor may not receive any public money for performing work as a subcontractor on a public works contract, and any public money that may have been paid to a debarred subcontractor by a contractor on the project shall be returned to the awarding body. The contractor shall be responsible for the payment of wages to workers of a debarred subcontractor who has been allowed to work on the project.”
4. The undersigned contractor has investigated the eligibility of each and every subcontractor the undersigned contractor intends to use on this public works project, and has determined that none of them are ineligible to perform work as a subcontractor on a public works project by virtue of the foregoing provisions of the Public Contract Code, Sections 1771.1 or 1777.7 of the Labor Code, or any other provision of law.
I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed this ______ day of _________, 20 _, at ________________ ________ (place of execution),
California__________.
Signature: ____________________________ Name: _________________________________ Title: ________________________________ Company: ______________________________
TO BE SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSAL
BP-10
BID PROPOSAL
PROJECT NO. JN 529_
BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
THAT , as Principal,
and , as Surety,
are held firmly bound unto the City of Gardena in the sum of $ ;
DOLLARS,
(not less than ten percent of total amount of bid)
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, said Principal has submitted a bid to the City to perform all work required under the following:
PROJECT: ROWLEY PARK ELECTRONIC SIGN, JN 529
NOW, THEREFORE, if said Principal is awarded a Contract by the City and, within the time and in the manner required in the Specifications for said project, enters into the written form of Contract bound with said Specifications and furnishes the required bonds, one to guarantee faithful performance and the other to guarantee payment for labor and materials, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. In the event suit is brought upon this bond by the City and judgment is recovered, said Surety shall pay all costs incurred by the City in such suit, including a reasonable attorneys’ fee to be fixed by the court. Surety hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code §2845.
SIGNED AND SEALED, this day of , 20 .
(SEAL) (SEAL)
Principal Surety
BY: BY:
Signature Signature
Note: This bond must be dated, all signatures must be notarized, and evidence of the authority of any person signing as attorney–in-fact must be attached.
TO BE SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSAL
BP-11
BID PROPOSAL
PROJECT NO. JN 529_
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS
In compliance with the "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act" being Sections 4100- 4113 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, and any amendments thereto, each bidder shall set forth below the name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvement in an amount in excess of one-half (1/2) of one percent (1%) of the prime contractor's total bid, and shall further set forth the portion of the work which will be done by each subcontractor. Only one subcontractor for each such portion shall be listed.
If the contractor fails to specify a subcontractor for any portion of the work to be performed under the contract, he shall be deemed to have agreed to perform such portion himself, and he shall not be permitted to subcontract that portion of the work except under the conditions hereinafter set forth.
Subletting or subcontracting of any portion of the work to which subcontractor was designated in the original bid shall only be permitted in cases of public emergency or necessity, and then only after a finding reduced to writing as a public record of the legislative body of the City.
Portion
of Work
% Subcontractor's Name & Address
Type of
Work
State
License
Number Class
D.I.R.
Number
Not more than _____%.
TO BE SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSAL
BP-12
BID PROPOSAL
PROJECT NO. JN 529_
CONSTRUCTION PROJECT REFERENCE
In order to more fully evaluate your background and experience for the project herein proposed, please submit a list of Public Works and/or similar construction projects completed or in progress within the last three (3) years. Failure to provide this information may constitute grounds for rejection of your bid as non-responsive.
Number of years as a contractor in construction work of this type:
Three projects of this type recently completed:
1. Name (Firm/Agency):
Address:
Contact Person: Telephone No.:
Title of Project:
Project Location:
Date of Completion: Contract Amount: $
2. Name (Firm/Agency):
Address:
Contact Person: Telephone No.:
Title of Project:
Project Location:
Date of Completion: Contract Amount: $
3. Name (Firm/Agency):
Address:
Contact Person: Telephone No.:
Title of Project:
Project Location:
Date of Completion: Contract Amount: $
NOTE: If requested by the City, the bidder shall furnish a certified financial statement, references, and other information sufficiently comprehensive to permit an appraisal of his current financial condition.
Bidder's Signature
TO BE SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSAL
BP-13
BID PROPOSAL
PROJECT NO. JN 529_
CERTIFICATE OF NON-DISCRIMINATION BY CONTRACTORS
As suppliers of goods or services to the City, the firm listed below certifies that it does not discriminate in its employment with regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin; that it is in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local directives, and executive orders regarding non-discrimination in employment; and that it agrees to pursue positively and aggressively the principle of equal opportunity in employment.
We agree specifically:
1. To establish or observe employment policies which affirmatively promote opportunities for minority persons at all job levels.
2. To communicate this policy to all persons concerned, including all company employees, outside recruiting services, especially those serving minority communities, and to the minority communities at large.
3. To take affirmative steps to hire minority employees within the company.
FIRM
TITLE OF PERSON SIGNING
SIGNATURE
DATE
Please include any additional information available regarding equal opportunity employment programs now in effect within your company:
TO BE SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSAL
BP-14
BID PROPOSAL
PROJECT NO. JN 529_
CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION – PRIMARY COVERED TRANSACTIONS
(BEFORE COMPLETING CERTIFICATION, READ INSTRUCTIONS ON NEXT PAGE) The Contractor shall not perform Work with any Subcontractor that has been debarred or suspended pursuant to California Labor Code Section 1777.1 or any other federal or State law providing for the debarment of contractors from public works. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall not be debarred or suspended throughout the duration of the Contract pursuant to Labor Code Section 1777.1 or any other federal or State law providing for the debarment of contractors from public works. If the Contractor or any Subcontractor becomes debarred or suspended during the duration of the Project, the Contractor shall immediately notify the City.
1. The prospective primary participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals:
a. Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency;
b. Have not within a 5-year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statement, or receiving stolen property; c. Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph 1b of this certification; and d. Have not within a 5-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default.
2. Where the prospective primary participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
Signature: ____________________________ Name: _________________________________ Title: ________________________________ Company: ______________________________
TO BE SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSAL
BP-15
CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION – PRIMARY COVERED TRANSACTIONS
(Continued)
INSTRUCTIONS FOR CERTIFICATION
1. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective primary participant is providing the certification set out below.
2. The inability of a person to provide the certification required below will not necessarily result in denial of participation in this covered transaction. The prospective participant shall submit an explanation of why it cannot provide the certification set out below. The certification or explanation will be considered in connection with the department or agency's determination whether to enter into this transaction. However, failure of the prospective primary participant to furnish a certification or an explanation shall disqualify such person from participation in this transaction.
3. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when the department or agency determined to enter into this transaction. If it is later determined that the prospective primary participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency may terminate this transaction for cause or default.
4. The prospective primary participant shall provide immediate written notice to the department or agency to which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective primary participant learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
5. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "lower tier covered transaction," "participant," "person," "primary covered transaction," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of the rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the department or agency to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations (13 CFR Part 145).
6. The prospective primary participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency entering into this transaction.
7. The prospective primary participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include the clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-- Lower Tier Covered Transactions," provided by the department or agency entering into this covered transaction, without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions.
8. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that it is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the ineligibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the Nonprocurement List.
9. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of a participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
10. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph 6 of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency may terminate this transaction for cause or default.
CD-1
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS (CD)
PARK ELECTRONIC SIGNAGE
ROWLEY PARK
JN 529
To be Submitted
within twenty-one (21) calendar days
AFTER
Award of Contract
CD-2
CONTRACT DOCUMENT
PROJECT NO. JN 529_
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this day of , 20 , by and between CITY OF GARDENA in the State of California, hereinafter referred to as “CITY” and , hereinafter referred to as “CONTRACTOR.”
The City and the Contractor mutually agree as follows:
ARTICLE I.
THE PROJECT
For and in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein, Contractor agrees to perform and complete in a good and workmanlike manner all work required by the Contract Documents for City Project No. JN 529 , which is described as follows:
Title: ROWLEY PARK ELECTRONIC SIGN
Said work shall be performed in accordance with the Plans, Specifications and other Contract Documents, all of which are referenced in Article III hereof and incorporated herein as though fully set forth. Contractor shall furnish at its own expense all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary therefor, except such labor, materials, equipment and services as are provided in the Contract Documents to be furnished by City.
This project is subject to Skilled and Trained Workforce Requirements per Sections 2600 through 2603 of the Public Contract Code.
ARTICLE II.
CONTRACT SUM AND PAYMENT
For performing and completing the work in accordance with the Contract Documents, City shall pay Contractor, in full compensation therefor, the contract sum set forth in the Bidding Schedule. Said sum shall constitute payment in full for all work performed hereunder, including, without limitation, all labor, materials, equipment, tools and services used or incorporated in the work, supervision, administration, overhead, expenses and any and all other things required, furnished or incurred for completion of the work as specified in the Contract Documents. City shall make payments to Contractor on account of the contract sum at the time, in the manner, and upon the conditions specified in the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE III.
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents, which constitute the entire agreement between the City and the Contractor, are enumerated as follows: Proposal Documents, including the Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bidding Schedule, Bidder's Declaration, Designation of Subcontractors, Bidder's Assurance, and Fair Employment Practices documents; this Agreement; Standard Specifications; Special Provisions; Technical Provisions; Drawings; Plans; and all addenda issued prior to and all modifications issued after the execution of this Agreement. These form the Contract, and all are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein.
CD-3
ARTICLE IV.
EFFECTIVE DATE
This Agreement shall become effective and commence as of the date set forth below on which the last of the parties, whether City or Contractor, executes said Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and attested by their proper officers thereunto duly authorized.
CITY CONTRACTOR
Tasha Cerda, Mayor Name & Title
Date: ______ Sign:_________
Seal: Date:
SECOND SIGNATURE: (Contractor)
___________________________________
Name & Title
ATTEST: Sign:_______________________________
Date:
Mina Semenza, City Clerk
Date:
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Carmen Vasquez, City Attorney
Date:
CD-4
CONTRACT DOCUMENT
PROJECT NO. JN 529_
FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND
WHEREAS, the City of Gardena has awarded to ___ _____, hereinafter designated as the "Principal", a Contract for:
PROJECT: PARK ELECTRONIC SIGNAGE, JN 529
WHEREAS, said Principal is required under the terms of said Contract to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of said Contract;
NOW, THEREFORE, we,
as Principal, and
as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City in the sum of Dollars ($ ), this amount being not
less than one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract price, lawful money of the United States of America, for payment of which sum well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
In case suit is brought upon this bond, the Surety will pay all court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees to the City of Gardena in an amount to be fixed by the court.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, if the hereby bounded Principal, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, well and truly keep and perform all the undertakings, terms, covenants, conditions and agreements in the said Contract and any alteration thereof, made as therein provided, all within the time and in the manner therein designated and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect.
FURTHER, the Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, addition, or modification to the terms of the Contract, or of the work to be performed thereunder, or the specifications for the same, shall in any way affect its obligations under this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration, addition, or modification to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications thereunder. Surety hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code §§ 2845 and 2849. The City is the principal beneficiary of this bond and has all rights of a party hereto.
CD-5
This bond shall remain in full force and effect for a warranty period of one full year after acceptance of the job by the City.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, three (3) identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original thereof, have been duly executed by the Principal and Surety named herein, on the day of , 20 , the name
and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative pursuant to authority of its governing body. [PRINCIPAL]
By
Title
Signature
[SURETY]
By
Title
Address
Phone No.
Signature
All signatures must be notarized.
Appropriate modifications shall be made to this form if the bond is being furnished for the performance of an act not provided for by agreement.
Corporations must affix corporate seal.
CD-6
CONTRACT DOCUMENT
PROJECT NO. JN 529_
PAYMENT BOND
WHEREAS, the City of Gardena has awarded to , as
Contractor, a contract for the work described as follows:
PROJECT: PARK ELECTRONIC SIGNAGE, JN 529
AND WHEREAS, said Contractor is required to furnish a bond in connection with said contract, to secure the payment of claims of laborers, mechanics, materialmen and other persons, as provided by law;
NOW, THEREFORE, we, the undersigned Contractor and Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City in the sum of ,
Dollars ($ _____ ) this amount being not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract price, for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, if said Contractor, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, or subcontractors shall fail to pay any of the persons named in Civil Code Section 3181, or amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to work or labor performed under the contract, or any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the Contractor and its subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code, or any other amounts due to persons under any applicable project contract or law, with respect to such work and labor, then the Surety or Sureties herein will pay for the same in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this bond, otherwise the above obligation shall be void. In case suit is brought upon this bond, the said Surety will pay all court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees to the plaintiff(s) and City in an amount to be fixed by the court.
This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in Civil Code Section 3181 as to give a right of action to such persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond.
Further, the Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, addition, or modification to the terms of the Contract, or of the work to be performed thereunder, or the specifications for the same, shall in any way affect its obligations under this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of such change, extension of time, alteration, addition, or modification to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications thereunder. Surety hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code §§ 2845 and 2849.
CD-7
This bond shall remain in full force and effect for six full months after the period in which verified claims may be filed as provided for in Section 3184 of the California Civil Code.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands and seals on this day of 20 .
[PRINCIPAL]
By
Title
Signature
[SURETY]
By
Title
Address
Phone No.
Signature
All signatures must be notarized.
Appropriate modifications shall be made to this form if the bond is being furnished for the performance of an act not provided for by agreement.
Corporations must affix corporate seal.
CD-8
CONTRACT DOCUMENT
PROJECT NO. JN 529_
WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATE
The Contractor shall execute the following form as required by the California Labor Code, Sections 1860 and 1861:
I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of the Contract.
DATED:
CONTRACTOR
By
Signature
Title
ATTEST:
By
Signature
Title
CD-9
CONTRACT DOCUMENT
PROJECT NO. JN 529_
INDEMNIFICATION AND HOLD HARMLESS AGREEMENT
AND WAIVER OF SUBROGATION AND CONTRIBUTION
PARK ELECTRONIC SIGNAGE
To the fullest extent permitted by law, Indemnitor hereby agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to defend, protect, indemnify, and hold harmless the City of Gardena and its respective elected officials, officers, attorneys, agents, employees, volunteers, successors, and assigns (collectively “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all damages, costs, expenses, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, proceedings, expenses, judgments, penalties, liens, and losses of any nature whatsoever, including fees of accountants, attorneys, or other professionals and all costs associated therewith (collectively “Liabilities”), arising or claimed to arise, directly or indirectly, out of, in connection with, resulting from, or related to any act, failure to act, error, or omission of Indemnitor or any of its officers, agents, servants, employees, subcontractors, materialmen, suppliers or their officers, agents, servants or employees, arising or claimed to arise, directly or indirectly, out of, in connection with, resulting from, or related to the above-referenced contract, agreement, license, or permit (the “Agreement”) or the performance or failure to perform any term, provision, covenant, or condition of the Agreement, including this indemnity provision. This indemnity provision is effective regardless of any prior, concurrent, or subsequent active or passive negligence by Indemnitees and shall operate to fully indemnify Indemnitees against any such negligence. This indemnity provision shall survive the termination of the Agreement and is in addition to any other rights or remedies which Indemnitees may have under the law. Payment is not required as a condition precedent to an Indemnitee’s right to recover under this indemnity provision, and an entry of judgment against an Indemnitee shall be conclusive in favor of the Indemnitee’s right to recover under this indemnity provision. Indemnitor shall pay Indemnitees for any attorney fees and costs incurred in enforcing this indemnification provision. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this instrument shall be construed to encompass (a) Indemnitees’ sole negligence or willful misconduct to the limited extent that the underlying Agreement is subject to Civil Code 2782(a), or (b) the contracting public agency’s active negligence to the limited extent that the underlying Agreement is subject to Civil Code 2782(b). This indemnity is effective without reference to the existence or applicability of any insurance coverages which may have been required under the Agreement or any additional insured endorsements which may extend to Indemnitees.
Indemnitor, on behalf of itself and all parties claiming under or through it, hereby waives all rights of subrogation and contribution against the Indemnitees, while acting within the scope of their duties, from all claims, losses and liabilities arising out of or incident to activities or operations performed by or on behalf of the Indemnitor regardless of any prior, concurrent, or subsequent active or passive negligence by the Indemnitees. Accountants, attorneys, or other professionals employed by Indemnitor to defend Indemnitees shall be selected by Indemnitees.
In the event there is more than one person or entity named in the Agreement as an Indemnitor, then all obligations, liabilities, covenants and conditions under this instrument shall be joint and several. “Indemnitor”
Company/Contractor
Name & Title
Signature & Date
CD-10
CONTRACT DOCUMENT
PROJECT NO. JN 529_
INSURANCE
CERTIFICATION OF INSURANCE (COI) SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR
1. COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Contractor shall not be authorized to commence Work under this Contract until it has obtained approved insurance. Before beginning Work hereunder, during the entire period of this Contract, for any extensions hereto, and for periods after the end of this Contract as may be indicated below, Contractor must have and maintain in place not less than the insurance coverages required in this Section at his sole cost and expense. Contractor’s insurance shall comply with all items specified by this Contract. Any subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements of this Section and Contractor shall be responsible to obtain evidence of insurance from each subcontractor and provide it to City before the subcontractor commences work. Alternatively, Contractor’s insurance may cover all subcontractors. The insurance requirements are not intended to and shall not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and obligations assumed by Contractor under this Contract.
2. INSURANCE COMPANY REQUIREMENTS. All insurance policies used to satisfy the requirements imposed hereunder shall be issued by insurers admitted to do business in the State of California. Insurers shall have a current Best’s rating of not less than A-:VII, unless otherwise approved by City.
3. COVERAGES, LIMITS AND POLICY REQUIREMENTS. Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages indicated below:
4. COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE. A policy of comprehensive general liability insurance written on a per occurrence basis in an amount not less than either one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence or two million dollars ($2,000,000) aggregate.
5. COMMERCIAL AUTO LIABILITY INSURANCE. A policy including all coverages provided by and to the extent afforded by Insurance Services Office form CA 0001, ed. 12/93, including Symbol 1 (any auto) with no special limitations affecting City. The minimum auto insurance coverage shall be one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit per accident.
6. WORKER’S COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER’S LIABILITY INSURANCE. A policy which meets all statutory benefit requirements of the Labor Code, or other applicable law, of the State of California. The minimum coverage limits for said insurance shall be no less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per claim. The policy shall be issued by an insurance company which is admitted to do business in the State of California and shall contain a clause that the policy may not be canceled without thirty (30) days prior written notice, return receipt requested, is mailed to City.
In accordance with the provisions of section 1860 of the California Labor Code, Contractor's attention is directed to the requirement that in accordance with the provisions of section 3700 of the California Labor Code, Contractor and every subcontractor will be required to secure the payment of compensation of his or her employees, or obtain a certificate of CD-11
consent to self-insurance by the Director of Industrial Relations in accordance with the requirements of Section 3700 of the California Labor Code.
In accordance with the provisions of section 1861 of the California Labor Code, Contractor shall sign and file with the awarding body the following certification prior to performing any work on the Project:
"I am aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for worker's compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract."
7. POLICY REQUIREMENTS. The policies set forth above shall comply with the following, as evidenced by the policies or endorsements to the policies:
(i) City and its appointed and elected officers, employees, agents and volunteers shall be added as additional insured to the policy as respects liabilities arising out of the performance of any work done under the Contract. (ii) The insurer shall agree to provide City with thirty (30) days prior written notice, return receipt requested, of any cancellation, non-renewal or material change in coverage.
(iii) For any claims with respect to the Project covered by this Contract, Contractor’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects City and its elected and appointed officers, employees, agents and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by City and its elected and appointed officers, employees, agents and volunteers shall be excess of Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute with it.
(iv) The policy shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought except with respect to the limits of the company’s liability.
8. COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION INSURANCE. Contractor shall provide course of construction insurance covering for “all risks” of loss in the amount of the completed value of the Work. The City shall be named as a loss payee and the insurer shall waive all rights of subrogation against the City. This policy shall be issued by an insurance company which is admitted to do business in the State of California and shall contain a clause that the policy may not be canceled until thirty (30) days written notice, return receipt requested, is mailed to the City. Course of Construction Insurance may be provided for each separate Phase.
9. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. The procuring of required insurance shall not be construed to limit Contractor’s liability hereunder nor to fulfill the indemnification provisions and requirements of this Contract. City shall notify Contractor in writing of changes in the insurance requirements. If Contractor does not deposit copies of acceptable insurance policies or endorsements with City incorporating such changes within sixty (60) days of receipt of such notice, Contractor shall be deemed in default hereunder.
10.DEDUCTIBLES. Any deductible or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by City. Contractor shall guarantee that, at the option of the City, either: the insurer shall eliminate or reduce such deductibles or self-insured retentions with respect to City, its officers, employees, agents and volunteers (with additional premium, if any, to be paid by Contractor); or Contractor shall provide satisfactory financial guarantee for payment CD-12
of losses and related investigations, claim administration and defense expenses in the amount of any deductibles or self-insured retentions.
11.VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE. Contractor shall furnish City with the required endorsements attached hereto. All documents are to be received and approved by City before Work commences. Not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration date of any policy of insurance required by this Contract, Contractor shall deliver to City a binder or certificate of insurance with respect to each renewal policy, bearing a notation evidencing payment of the premium therefore, or accompanied by other proof of payment satisfactory to City. Contractor shall provide full copies of any requested policies to City within three (3) days of any such request by City.
12.TERMINATION FOR LACK OF REQUIRED COVERAGE. If Contractor, for any reason, fails to have in place, at all times during the term of this Contract, including any extension hereto, all required insurance and coverage, City may immediately obtain such coverage at Contractor’s expense and/or terminate this Contract. Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless City and its elected and appointed officers, employees, agents and volunteers from any claim resulting from failure of either Contractor or any subcontractor to take out or maintain any insurance required by this Contract.
13.EQUIPMENT COVERAGE. Any policy or policies of insurance Contractor or his subcontractors elect to carry as insurance against loss or damage to construction equipment and tools or other personal property shall include a provision waiving the insurer’s right of subrogation against City.
GP-1
GENERAL PROVISIONS
ROWLEY PARK ELECTRONIC SIGN
JN 529
PART 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1 – GENERAL
1-1 GENERAL. The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (“Greenbook”) written and promulgated by the Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association and the Southern California Districts of the Associated General Contractors of California shall be the Standard Specifications of the City. All work shall conform to the 2021 edition, including supplements of the Standard Specifications, the Special Provisions which supplement or modify the Standard Specifications, and the Standard Drawings as issued by the City (defined herein as “Agency”) available at the time bids are opened unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.
The above referenced Standard Specifications, Special Provisions and Standard Drawings are hereby made a part of the Contract Documents.
For the convenience of the Contractor, the section and subsection numbering system used in these Special Provisions corresponds to that used in the Standard Specifications. 1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. Whenever in the Standard Specification the following terms are used, they shall be understood to mean and refer to the following:
(a) AGENCY The City of Gardena, a California municipal corporation. (b) BOARD The City Council of the City of Gardena
(c) CONTRACT Documents including but not limited to the proposal forms, DOCUMENTS Standard “Greenbook” Specifications, Special Provisions, Technical Provisions, Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bonds, Insurance, Contract and all Addenda
setting forth any modifications of the documents.
(d) ENGINEER The City of Gardena Director of Public Works/City Engineer or his authorized representative.
(e) BIDDER An individual, co-partnership, association or corporation submitting a proposal for the work contemplated, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative.
(f) LEGAL ADDRESS The legal address of the Contractor to be the address OF CONTRACTOR given on the Contractor’s bid and is hereby designated as the place to which all notices, letters or other
communications to the Contractor shall be mailed or
delivered.
(g) LABORATORY An established laboratory approved and authorized by the Engineer for testing materials and work involved in the contract.
GP-2
1-7 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT.
1-7.1 General. The proposal shall be fully executed and submitted on the forms provided by the Agency and shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope marked and addressed as directed in the “Notice Inviting Bids”.
If the proposal is made by an individual, it shall be signed and his or her full name and address shall be given; if it is made by a firm it shall be signed with co-partnership name by a general partner thereof, who shall also sign his or her known name, and the name and address of each member of such co-partnership shall be given; if made by a corporation, the name of the corporation shall be signed by its duly authorized officers and attested by the corporate seal.
Bidders are warned against making erasures or alterations of any kind on their Proposal.
Proposals which contain omissions, erasures, alterations, conditions or additions not called for may be rejected.
At the time the Contract is awarded by the Agency, the Contractor shall be licensed under the provisions of Chapter 9, Division 3, of the Business and Professions Code of the State of California to do the type of work contemplated in the Contract and shall be skilled and regularly engaged in the general class or type of work required by this Contract. 1-7.2 Contract Bonds. The “Performance Bond” is equivalent to City’s “Faithful Performance Bond”.
1-7.3 Examination of Plans, Specifications and Project Site. Bidders shall read the specifications, review the drawings and examine the existing facilities to fully understand the project in order to plan for the improvements as shown in the contract, including local condition, uncertainty of weather and all other contingencies.
Bidders shall satisfy themselves by personal examination of the proposed work sites, and by such other means as they may choose as to actual conditions and requirements and as to the accuracy of the quantities stated in the Proposal forms. Information derived from the maps, plans, specifications, profiles, drawings, or from the Engineer/Architect of the record, shall not relieve the bidder of this responsibility, and the interpretation of the data disclosed by borings or other preliminary investigations is not guaranteed nor is any liability assumed by the Agency. 1-7.4 Interpretation of Drawings and Documents. If a prospective bidder is in doubt as to the true meaning or intent of any part of the Contract Documents including the Specifications, or discovers discrepancies in, or omissions from, the Specifications or Drawings, he may submit to the Engineer a written request for an interpretation or a correction thereof. Interpretations or corrections of the Contract Documents including the Specifications and Drawings, shall be made only by addendum duly issued by the Engineer, and a copy of such addendum will be sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, or delivered to each person receiving a set of the Contract Documents whose address is known to the Engineer and such addendum shall be considered a part of and incorporated in the Contract Documents. 1-7.5 Award of Contract. After the Proposals have been publicly opened and read aloud, they will be checked for accuracy and compliance with all provisions as specified herein.
The Agency reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informality or irregularity in any bid received and to be the sole judge of the merits of the respective bids received.
Bids subsequently shown to be mathematically unbalanced would be rejected as nonresponsive.
GP-3
A mathematically unbalanced bid is one containing lump sum or unit bid items which do not reflect reasonable actual costs plus a reasonable proportionate share of the bidder’s anticipated profit, overhead costs, and other indirect costs, which he/she anticipates for the performance of the items in question.
“A bid is mathematically unbalanced if the bid is structured on the basis of nominal prices for some work and inflated prices for other work; that is, each element of the bid must carry its proportionate share of the total cost of the work plus profits.” “A bid is materially unbalanced if there is a reasonable doubt that award to the bidder submitting the mathematically unbalanced bid will result in the lowest ultimate cost to the Government.
Consequently, a materially unbalanced bid may not be accepted.” Award of the Contract, if it be awarded, will ordinarily be made by the Agency within 30 days after opening of the bids. Award will be made to the lowest responsive responsible bidder.
In selecting the lowest responsive responsible bidder, consideration will be given to the general competency of the bidder for the performance of the work covered by the proposal. To receive favorable consideration, a bidder may be required to present evidence that he has successfully performed similar work of comparable magnitude or submit other evidence satisfactory to the Agency that he or his associates are competent to manage the proposed undertaking and to carry it forward to a successful conclusion. Professional integrity and honesty of purpose shall be essential requirements. A showing of adequate financial resources may be required but will not alone determine whether a bidder is competent to undertake the proposed work.
Only manufacturers or contractors of established reputation, or their duly authorized dealers or agency, having proper facilities for the manufacture of the materials or equipment and for servicing same, or for proper execution of the work called for in the contract, will be considered in making the award.
1-7.6 Execution of Contract. A bidder whose proposal is accepted shall properly sign a written contract with the Agency on the form attached hereto and return said contract together with good and approved bonds and insurance certificates as required by the Contract Documents within twenty-one (21) calendar days from the date of the mailing of a notice from the Agency to the bidder, according to the address given by him, of acceptance of his proposal.
Contract bonds and certificates of insurance, if required, shall be filed in all instances before delivering any equipment, materials, or performing any work under the contract; also before any purchase order shall be issued. An executed Power of Attorney form shall be submitted with all contract bonds herein specified.
If a bidder whose proposal is accepted fails or refuses to enter into a contract as herein provided, or to conform to any stipulated requirement in connection therewith, the money represented by his check or bidder’s bond shall be refunded less the difference between the low bid and the bid of the bidder with whom the Agency enters into an agreement in accordance with the provisions of the Public Contracts Code Section 20174. At the discretion of the Agency, an award may be made to the bidder whose proposal is next most acceptable to the Agency, and such bidder and his surety shall fulfill every stipulation embraced herein as if he were the party to whom the first award was made.
A corporation to which an award is made may be required before the contract is finally signed to furnish evidence of its corporate existence, of its right to do business in California and of the authority of the officer signing the contract and bonds for the corporation to so sign.
GP-4
1-7.7 Return of Proposal and Guarantee. The check or bond of a bidder to whom the contract has been awarded will be returned to him after all of the acts, for the performance of which said security is required, have been fully performed. The checks or bid bonds of the second and third lowest bidders will be returned when the bidder to whom the contract has been awarded has properly executed all of the required Contract Documents. Check or bid bonds of other bidders will be returned when their proposals are rejected or in any event at the expiration of forty-five (45) days from the date of opening bids.
1-7.8 Precedence of Contract Documents. The order of precedence of contract document shall be:
FIRST Requirements of law, including the Code and Ordinances of the City of Gardena.
SECOND Permits from other agencies as may be required by law.
THIRD Permits from City of Gardena Departments as may be required by law or ordinance.
FOURTH The Contract.
FIFTH The Bid Proposal.
SIXTH Addenda.
SEVENTH Notice Inviting Bids.
EIGHTH Instructions to Bidders.
NINTH Technical Provisions.
TENTH Plans.
ELEVENTH General Provisions of the Standard Specifications.
TWELFTH Standard Plans.
THIRTEENTH Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (current edition).
FOURTEENTH Caltrans Standard Plans and Specifications.
FIFTEENTH Reference Specifications.
Change orders, supplemental agreements and approved revisions to Plans and Specifications will take precedence over documents listed above, except those listed as FIRST, SECOND and THIRD. Detailed plans shall have precedence over general plans.
SECTION 2 – SCOPE OF THE WORK
2-2 PERMITS. The Contractor will obtain, at no cost to the Agency, all permits necessary to perform the work on streets, highways, railways or other rights-of-ways. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all costs incurred for permits necessitated by its operations such as, but not limited to those permits required for night work, overload, blasting and demolition. For private GP-5
contracts, the Contractor shall obtain all permits incidental to the work or made necessary by its operations, and pay all costs incurred by the permit requirements.
The Contractor and each subcontractor employed upon the work must have or obtain a valid City of Gardena Business License in accordance with the provisions of the Gardena Municipal Code.
The project is subject to permit(s) from the Community Development Department. The permits are ready to be issued and the Contractor is required to pull the project permits. The permit costs will be borne by the Contractor. There is also a $10,000 refundable deposit required. See Technical Provisions (TP-1) under Diversion Deposit.
2.10 DISPUTED WORK.
2.10.1 Retention of Imperfect Work. If any portion of the work done or materials furnished under the contract proves defective or not in accordance with the specifications and contract drawings, and if the imperfection in the same is not of sufficient magnitude or importance to make the work dangerous or undesirable, or if the removal of such work is impracticable or will create conditions which are dangerous or undesirable in the opinion of the Engineer, the Engineer shall have the right and authority to retain the work instead of requiring it to be removed and reconstructed, but he shall make deductions therefor in the payment of the contract item due Contractor as may be just and reasonable. 2-11. DISPUTE RESOLUTION.
2-11.1 Requests for Contract Adjustments and Relief. If either Contractor or the Agency believes that it is entitled to relief against the other for any event arising out of or related to the work or Project, such party shall provide written notice to the other party of the basis for its claim for relief. Such notice shall, if possible, be made prior to incurring any cost or expense and in accordance with any specific notice requirements contained in the applicable sections of this Contract.
In the absence of any specific notice requirement, written notice shall be given within a reasonable time, not to exceed fourteen (14) days, after the occurrence giving rise to the claim for relief or after the claiming party reasonably should have recognized the event or condition giving rise to the request, whichever is later. Such notice shall include sufficient information to advise the other party of the circumstances giving rise to the claim for relief, the specific contractual adjustment or relief requested and the basis of such request. 2-11.2 Dispute Avoidance and Resolution. The parties are fully committed to working with each other throughout the Project and agree to communicate regularly with each other at all times so as to avoid or minimize disputes or disagreements. If disputes or disagreements do arise, Contractor and the Agency each commit to resolving such disputes or disagreements in an amicable, professional and expeditious manner so as to avoid unnecessary losses, delays and disruptions to the work under the Contract.
Contractor and the Agency will first attempt to resolve disputes or disagreements at the field level through discussions between Contractor’s Representative and the Engineer.
If a dispute or disagreement cannot be resolved through the Contractor’s Representative and the Engineer, Contractor’s Chief Executive Officer or similar senior representative and the Gardena City Manager, or designee, upon the request of the other party, shall meet as soon as conveniently possible, but in no case later than twenty (20) days after such a request is made, to attempt to resolve such dispute or disagreement. Prior to any meeting between the parties’ senior representatives, the parties will exchange relevant information that will assist the parties GP-6
in resolving their dispute or disagreement.
If, after meeting, the senior representatives determine that the dispute or disagreement cannot be resolved on terms satisfactory to both parties, the parties may submit the dispute to binding or non-binding mediation. The mediation shall be conducted in any manner and by any person or mediation association mutually acceptable to the parties. 2-11.3 Arbitration. Any claims, disputes or controversies between the parties arising out of or relating to the Contract, or the breach thereof, which have not been resolved in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 9-4.2 above may be decided by binding or non-binding arbitration. The arbitration shall be conducted in any manner and by any person or arbitration association mutually acceptable to the parties.
2-11.4 Claims Disputes. Any claims of Contractor, as “claims” are defined in California Public Contract Code Section 9204 shall be processed in accordance with that section. Section 9204 provides in relevant part that upon receiving a claim from a contractor, together with reasonable documentation to support the claim, a contracting public entity shall conduct a reasonable review of the claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days [except as otherwise provided in Section 9204], shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed.
Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. If the public entity fails to issue a written statement, Section 9-4.3 shall apply. If the contractor disputes the public entity’s written response, or if the public entity fails to respond to a claim within the time prescribed, the contractor may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute.
Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion of the claim remains in dispute, the public entity shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed.
Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the claim of the claim, as identified by the contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with the public entity and the contractor sharing the associated costs equally. The public entity and contractor shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the claim. Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator.
If mediation is unsuccessful, the parts of the claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to other applicable procedures.
2-13 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS (“RECORD” DRAWINGS). At all times, the Contractor shall maintain at the project a “Record” set of Drawings and Specifications to include all executed addenda, change orders, and field orders.
Prior to each progress payment the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer, a set of contract drawings with all applicable “as constructed” notes placed/recorded thereon. Failure to provide “as constructed” plans will cause progress payment to be withheld until information is provided to City.
GP-7
After completion of the work and before final payment, the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer a complete set of contract drawings with all applicable “as constructed” noted placed/record thereon. The final form and detail of these as constructed plans are subject to the acceptance of the Engineer.
2-14 MARKING REMOVAL. All markings placed by the Contractor, City, and Underground Service Alert (USA) during construction shall be removed at the completion of the work. These markings shall include, but not limited to, paint, stakes, and metal tags.
All cost associated with removal of markings shall be included in the bid prices for the applicable bid items. Failure of the Contractor to remove these markings shall be cause for the City to do the work and withhold the costs from the Contractor’s final payment.
SECTION 3 – CONTROL OF THE WORK
3-5 INSPECTION. Inspection shall be made once a day for areas ready for inspection. Areas or items that fail inspection or that are not ready for inspection shall be rescheduled by the contractor.
Inspection of the work shall not relieve the contractor of the obligation to fulfill all conditions and requirements of the contract.
3-6 THE CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIVE. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with the name, address and cell/ business/home telephone numbers of the person responsible for the maintenance of barricades, traffic control signs, lights and other safety devices. 3-10 SURVEYING.
3-10.3 Line and Grade. Unless otherwise provided in the Technical Provisions, establishing lines and grades for construction shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, with the following provisions:
All work under this contract shall be built in accordance with the lines and grades shown on the plans. Field survey for establishing these, and for the control of construction, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All such surveys, including construction staking, shall be performed on all items ordinarily requiring grade and alignment, at intervals normally accepted by the agencies and trade involved.
The Contractor shall provide a copy of the office calculations and grade sheets to the Agency’s Inspector. The Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the finished work, and shall notify the Engineer within 24 hours of any discrepancies or design errors discovered during staking.
Unless a separate bid item is provided, the payment for surveying, construction staking, professional services, office calculations, furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, tools and incidentals, and for doing all work involved shall be considered as included in the various items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 3-10.4 Permanent Survey Markers. The Contractor is required to locate and tie out survey monuments in the project area prior to construction involving street and highways, or City public right of way and to file with the County Surveyor a Corner Record of any such work. Prior to final payment and the issuance of a completion certificate, the Contractor is required to file a Corner Record for survey monumentation that is replaced. All such survey work shall be performed under the supervision of a California licensed Land Surveyor or a Civil Engineer GP-8
authorized to perform such work.
The Contractor shall provide the Agency a copy of the office calculations and documents submitted to the County for filing in connection with the aforementioned work.
The payment for surveying, related professional services, office calculation, furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, tools and incidentals, and for doing all work involved shall be considered as included in the various items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
3-12 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE.
3-12.1 General. The Contractor shall keep the work site clean and free from rubbish and debris.
The Contractor shall abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping and sprinkling with water in keeping with the AQMD and NPDES requirements. Debris, soil or other matter shall not be washed into storm drains but shall be collected and disposed of in a legal, responsible manner.
The construction area shall be cleaned with a power sweeper at the end of every workday and when deemed necessary by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work areas. Earth dams will not be permitted in paved areas. Use temporary sandbags to control the site perimeter. At the completion of the project sandbags shall become the property of the City of Gardena and shall be remain in place.
The Contractor shall not spill on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed immediately and the area cleaned.
Stockpiling of construction materials or debris on City right-of-way shall be in accordance with the NPDES permit and shall be approved by the inspector. At the completion of work, the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all work areas.
3-12.2 Air Pollution and Surface Maintenance Control. The Contractor shall obtain a construction water meter from Golden State Water including required deposit and fees. The Contractor shall pay for the water used, at the current water rates. All arrangements for construction water shall be made by contractor with Golden State Water at Contractor expense. 3-12.4. Storage of Equipment and Material.
3-12.4.1 General. All costs associated with the disposal of all excavated or demolition materials, including any gate fees, shall be paid by the Contractor. These costs shall be included in the bid price for the applicable bid items.
Prior to any excavated or demolition material being removed from the construction site the Contractor shall notify the City as to the hauling route and destination for disposal. If the location for disposal is other than a county landfill then the Contractor shall provide the City with written permission and release of liability for the City from the owner of the property where the material will be deposited.
The City has an exclusive agreement with Waste Resources, Inc. and no other firm may provide bulk trash bins in the event the work requires this service. 3-12.4.2 Storage in Public Streets. Construction equipment shall not be stored at the construction site, any public street or publicly owned facilities without approval of the City.
Contractor shall store equipment at a contractor’s rental yard.
GP-9
All excavated material that is to be hauled to and disposed of at a County landfill site by the Contractor is subject to a County gate fee based on tonnage. 3-12.5.4 Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements. Any facilities, structures, water lines, landscaping, surfaces, signs, pavement markings, painted curbs, house numbers, etc., which are damaged during construction shall be restored to the satisfaction of the City. Damaged water lines shall be repaired immediately at no additional cost to the city. 3-12.5.5 Access to Private Property. The Contractor shall be aware that business and residential access must be maintained at all times. The Contractor shall schedule operations to minimize interference with access to private property.
The main access way to any business or home shall not be completely blocked for more than one four-hour period a day except blockage shall be limited to one twenty-four (24) hour period when concrete is poured.
Temporary access ways shall be provided from the street to the main access way of all businesses and homes by use of traffic rated steel plates or any other method approved by the city.
Payment for this item shall be included in the applicable contract work item. 3-13 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY.
3-13.3 Warranty. In addition to the guarantees as required in Section 1-7.2 and 3-13.3 of the Standard Specifications, the Faithful Performance Bond shall remain in full force and effect for a period of one year after acceptance of the work by the Agency to insure that defects, which may appear within said period, will be repaired, replaced, or corrected by the Contractor, at his own cost and expense, to the satisfaction of the Engineer within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by the Agency.
SECTION 4 – CONTROL OF MATERIAL
4-1 GENERAL.
4-1.1 Warranty of Title. No materials, supplies or equipment for the work under this Contract shall be purchased subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contract or other agreement by which an interest therein or any part thereof is retained by the seller or supplier.
The Contractor warrants clear and good title to all materials, supplies and equipment installed and incorporated in the work, and agrees upon completion of all work to deliver the premises, together with all improvements and appurtenances constructed or placed thereon by him to the Agency free from any claims, liens, encumbrances or charges, and further agrees that neither he nor any person, firm or corporation furnishing any material or labor for work covered by the Contract shall have any right to a lien upon the premises or any improvement or appurtenance thereon; provided, that this shall not preclude the Contractor from installing metering devices or other equipment of utility companies the title of which is commonly retained by the utility company. Nothing contained in this section, however, shall defeat or impair the right of such persons furnishing materials or labor under any bond given by the Contractor for their protection, or any right under any law permitting such persons to look to funds due the Contractor, which are in the hands of the Agency.
The provisions of this section shall be inserted in all subcontractor’s and material contracts, and notice of its provisions shall be given to all persons furnishing materials for the work when no GP-10
formal contract is entered into regarding such materials.
SECTION 5 – LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBLITIES
5-4 INSURANCE. In lieu of Section 5-4 of the Standard Specifications, refer to the City Contract Documents Section, CD-10, for detail requirements. 5-5 ANTITRUST CLAIMS. By entry into this Contract, Contractor hereby acknowledges the terms of Section 7103.5 of the Public Contract Code and hereby offers and agrees to assign to the Agency all rights, title and interest in all causes of action it may have as outlined above. 5-7 SAFETY.
5-7.4 Hazardous Substances. As required by Public Contract Code Section 7104, if this Contract involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four (4) feet below the surface, Contractor shall promptly, and prior to disturbance of any conditions, notify the Agency of: (1) any material discovered in excavation that Contractor believes to be a hazardous waste that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II or Class III disposal site; (2) subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated by the Agency; and (3) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature at the site, significantly different from those ordinarily encountered in such contract work. Upon notification, the Agency shall promptly investigate the conditions to determine whether a change order is appropriate. In the event of a dispute, Contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date and shall proceed with all work to be performed under the Contract but shall retain all rights provided by the Contract and by law for making protests and resolving the dispute. 5-7.4.1Edison Energized Conductors. Contractor hereby promises and agrees that in the performance of the work specified in this Contract, it will employ and utilized only qualified persons, as hereinafter defined, to work in proximity to Edison’s secondary, primary and transmission facilities. The term “qualified person” is defined in Title 8, California Administrative Code, Section 2700, as follows:
“Qualified Person: A person who by reason of experience or instruction is familiar with the operation to be performed and the hazards involved.” Contractor further promises and agrees that the provisions of this section shall be and are binding upon any subcontractor or subcontractors that may be retained by it, and that Contractor shall take such steps as are necessary to assure compliance by said subcontractor or subcontractors with the requirements of this section. 5-7.4.2Emergency Provisions. Unusual conditions may arise on the work which will require that immediate and unusual provision be made to protect the public from danger or loss or damage to life and property, due directly or indirectly to the prosecution of the work, and it is part of the service required of the Contractor to make such provisions and to furnish such protection.
Whenever, in the opinion of the Agency, an emergency exists of which the Agency is aware and against which the Contractor has not taken sufficient precaution for the safety of the public or the protection of utilities or of adjacent structures or property which may be injured by the progress of construction; and whenever, in the opinion of the Agency, immediate action shall be considered necessary in order to protect public or private personnel or property interests, or prevent likely loss of human life or damage on account of the operations under the Contract, then in that event the Agency may provide suitable protection to said interests by causing such work to be done and material to be furnished, as in the opinion of the Agency may seem GP-11
reasonable and necessary, all at the expense of the Contractor.
SECTION 6 – PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK
6-1.1 Construction Schedule. The Contractor’s proposed construction schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer within fourteen (14) calendar days after the date of the contract execution. The schedule shall be supported by written statements from each supplier of materials or equipment indicating that all orders have been placed and acknowledged and setting forth the dates that each item will be delivered.
The Contractor shall include in his bid all costs to perform the work under this contract in stages.
The Contractor shall begin and complete work in each stage prior to starting work in subsequent stages unless previous permission is obtained from the Engineer. The contractor shall stage the work to allow parking on the next adjacent streets. Restricting parking on multiple adjoining streets shall require approval of the engineer.
6-1.2 Commencement of the Work. City may establish a Notice to Proceed (NTP) date no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the date of the contract execution. Prior to issuing the Notice to Proceed, the Engineer will schedule a preconstruction meeting with the Contractor to review the proposed construction schedule and delivery dates, arrange utility coordination, discuss construction methods and clarify inspection procedures.
The names, addresses and telephone numbers of the Contractor and subcontractors, or their representatives, shall be filed with the Public Works Manager and the County Sheriff’s Department or the City Police Department prior to beginning work.
The Contractor shall also notify the City of Gardena and the owners of all utilities and substructures within the Project area not less than 48 hours prior to starting construction. The following utility companies list of names and telephone numbers is intended for the convenience of the contractor and is not guaranteed to be complete or correct:
COMPANY CONTACT TELEPHONE NO.
Southern California Edison Joshua Remijio 562.756.3241
Southern California Gas Melissa Fukunaga: Tech Services Planning: Attn - Lead Planner
213.231.7281
AT&T Marco A. Perez 626.491.5503
Raymond Dover 310.515.4257
Gardena Police Dispatch 310.3237911
L.A. County Fire Dept. 310.323.7911
Time Warner
Communications Arturo Fernandez 310.750.9099
Crown Castle Hector Aguilera 951.454.5111
Waste Resources of Gardena Lorena Rodriguez 310.366.7600 Golden State Water Co. Conde Ventura 310.436.6950 x107
Joseph Salcido 310.660.0320 x101
L.A. County Flood Control Daryll Chenoweth 626.458.3129 L.A. Sanitation District Jon Ganz 562.908.4288
GP-12
Metropolitan Water District Civil Eng. Substructures Section 213.217.7059 Chevron Pipeline Dave Zerler 310.669.4014
Underground Service Alert 800.422.4133
The Contractor shall submit periodic Progress reports to the Engineer by the tenth day of each month. The report shall include an updated Construction Schedule. Any deviations from the original schedule shall be explained. Progress payments will be withheld pending receipt of any outstanding reports.
6-1.3 Working Day. The Contractor’s working hours shall be limited to the hours between 7:30 A.M. and 4:30 P.M., Monday through Friday except holidays. No work which will cause loud or disruptive noise to adjacent residents and “No Parking” enforcement shall begin prior to 8:00 a.m. nor terminate later than 4:30 p.m. Deviation from normal working hours will not be allowed unless written permission has been duly obtained beforehand from the office of the City Engineer. The Contractor shall provide adequate light for proper prosecution of the work, for the safety of the workmen and the public, and for proper inspection.
If the Contractor works beyond the allowed working hours without prior written approval from the Engineer, the Contractor may be charged Five Hundred ($500) for each occurrence as required by the Engineer. The amount will be deducted from a progress payment or bond.
Contractor hereby acknowledges and shall be required to comply with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1810 et seq. According to those sections, eight (8) hours of labor shall constitute a legal day’s work. Contractor shall pay to the Agency a penalty of Twenty-Five Dollars ($25.00) for each worker employed in the execution of this Contract by Contractor, or by any Subcontractor, for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in any calendar day or forty (40) hours in any one (1) calendar week, except when payment for overtime is made at not less than one and one-half (1-1/2) times the basic rate for that worker.
In the event of either a requested or emergency deviation, inspection service fees will be charged against the Contractor. The service fees will be calculated at overtime rates including benefits, overhead and travel time. The service fees will be deducted from any amounts due to the Contractor.
6-1.4 Notice and Service Thereof. Any notice required or given by one party to the other under the contract shall be in writing and shall be dated and signed by the party giving such notice or by a duly authorized representative of such party. Any such notice shall not be effective for any purpose whatever unless served in the following manner:
Notice shall be given to the Agency by personal delivery thereof to the City of Gardena Engineer or by depositing the same in the United States mail enclosed in a sealed envelope, registered and with postage prepaid, addressed to:
Public Works Department
City of Gardena
1717 W. 162nd Street
Gardena, CA 90247-3778
Notice shall be given to the Contractor by personal delivery thereof to said Contractor or to his authorized representative at the site of the project, or by depositing the same in the United States mail, enclosed in a sealed envelope addressed to said Contractor at the address established for the conduct of the work under this Contract, postage prepaid and registered.
GP-13
Notice shall be given to the Surety, or any other person, by personal delivery to said Surety or other person, or by depositing the same in the United States Mail, enclosed in a sealed envelope addressed to such Surety or persons at the address of said Surety or persons last communicated to the party giving the notice, postage prepaid and registered.
Notification of Property Owners and Tenants - The Contractor shall notify each property owner and/or tenant in the project area in writing five (5) working days prior to the start of construction.
If pedestrian or vehicular access to private property is to be blocked, the Contractor shall again notify each property owner and/or tenant in writing five (5) working days prior to construction activities. The Contractor shall provide additional notices when a lapse time occurs during each phase/segment work.
The written notice shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to being delivered.
6-2 PROSECUTION OF THE WORK.
6-2.1 Contractor’s Responsibility for Work. Until the formal acceptance of the work by the Agency, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall, subject to the insurance protection furnished in accordance with the Section 1-7.6 and 5-4 hereof, bear the risk of accident, loss or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and otherwise correct damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before its acceptance.
In case of suspension of work from any cause whatsoever, the Contractor shall be responsible for all materials and the proper temporary storage thereof. 6-3 TIME OF COMPLETION.
6-3.1 General. The contract time shall begin per the City’s written notification. Work must be completed within working days specified for the project. In addition, the Contractor shall notify the City 24 hours in advance of the actual commencement of work.
No work shall be undertaken during the City’s holiday closures. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to determine the City’s closure dates.
6-9 LIQUDATED DAMAGES. The amount of liquidated damages is hereby amended to $1,000 for each consecutive calendar day.
SECTION 7 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
7-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK.
7-1.2 Method of Measure. The quantities shown on the Bid Schedule are approximate only. The Contractor will be paid for the actual quantities of work based on approved field measurements as provided for in these Specifications. The City reserves the right to increase or decrease the amount of any item or portion of work to be performed or materials furnished, or to delete any item, in accordance with the Specifications. Additional bid item work shall be completed within the total working days in these specifications. Additional working days maybe allowed with the approval of the engineer.
GP-14
7-3 PAYMENT.
7-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. The Engineer will authorize monthly partial/progress payments per Section 7-3.2 of the Standard Specifications. Contractor’s monthly invoice shall be submitted on company letterhead. Each invoice submitted shall include: project name, date of invoice, progress payment number, and purchase order number. All bid items shall be included on each invoice and include unit, unit price bid, original quantity, amount, previous payment quantity and amount, current invoice payment quantity and amount, total project payment quantity and amount. In addition, any approved change orders shall be listed on invoice. Payment to Contractor typically takes 30 days from submittal of approved invoice.
However, payments will be withheld pending receipt of any outstanding reports required by the Contract Documents.
7-3.3 Delivered Materials. The City will NOT honor or make any progress payments for materials ordered and delivered to the job site by the Contractor unless prior approval is obtained from the Engineer.
7-4 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK.
7-4.3 EXTRA WORK. When work is performed on a "time and materials" basis, the following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's cost and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits:
1) Labor .........................................................20 2) Materials .........................................................15 3) Equipment Rental.......................................................15 4) Other Items and Expenditures....................................15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding.
When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established above shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor.
SECTION 8 – FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL
8-2 FIELD OFFICE FACILITIES. The Contractor shall provide the class of field office indicated below:
Class "A" Class "B" Class "C"
In the event none of the boxes are marked above, no specific field office will be required, and the use therefor of any field office will be at the Contractor's discretion. The location of any field office shall be as provided on the plans, in these Specifications or as designated by the Engineer.
END OF GENERAL PROVISIONS
TP-1
TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
ROWLEY PARK ELECTRONIC SIGN
(JN 529)
PART 1 – TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1 – GENERAL
PREFACE: All work and materials shall conform to the "Standard Specification for Public Works Construction", 2021 edition, except as modified by the contract and these Technical Provisions.
Incidental Work - All work and materials required by the plans and specifications, and not specifically listed in the bid schedule items of work, shall be considered incidental and no additional payment shall be made therefore. Incidental items shall include, but are not limited to, mobilization; implementation of the SWPPP and Best Management Practices for the protection of storm drain structures; adjusting utility access covers to grade; saw cutting; excavation and disposal of materials; survey; traffic control and coordination of utilities.
Temporary Construction Fencing – Install construction fencing during construction and as required by the City of Gardena for public safety.
Diversion Deposit – A $10,000 diversion deposit is required to pull the Community Development permit. The deposit will be refunded in full upon proof that at least 65% of the project waste was recycled and/or diverted. Waste Resources Management (WRG) is the only authorized hauler for the City of Gardena. You can contact them at 310 366-7600. Failure to use WRG will result in denial of the deposit refund.
PART 2 – CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
SECTION 200 – ROCK MATERIALS
200-2. UNTREATED BASE MATERIAL
200-2.1 General. [Add the following]:
The Contractor is required to use crushed miscellaneous base unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. All processing or blending of materials to meet the grading requirement will be performed at the plant or source. The materials shall compact to a hard, firm, unyielding surface and shall remain stable when saturated with water.
The Contractor shall furnish Certified Weight Tickets for material delivered to the job site and deliver it to the Engineer or his representative before the end of the working day.
The City may hire a qualified soils engineer to perform all tests. If the material furnished by the Contractor fails any tests, the Contractor shall remove said material and shall complete the construction of the base with material acceptable to the Engineer at no extra cost to the City.
Costs for base material shall be incidental and included in the bid item of work for which it is required, and no additional payment will be allowed therefore.
TP-2
SECTION 201 – CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS
201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE. [Add the following]:
In addition to the materials outlined in Section 201-1 of the Standard Specifications, the following materials are included under Portland Cement Concrete unless otherwise covered by specific bid item.
201-1.1 Requirements.
201-1.1.2 Concrete Specified by Class and Alternate Class. [Add the following]:
A. Concrete specified by alternate class will not be used.
B. Contractor shall utilize Concrete Class 560-C-3250 for Street Surface Improvements instead of the concrete class shown in Table 201-1.1.2. all reinforced structures shall be Class 650-CW-4000 instead of the concrete class shown in Table 201-1.1.2.
C. Maximum Slum: Five (5) inches for concrete containing superplastizer admixture. 201-1.2.4 Chemical Admixtures. [Add the following]:
f) Prohibited Admixtures: Calcium chloride, Thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.05% chloride ions are not permitted.
201-1.4 Mixing.
201-1.4.1 General. [Add the following]:
Plant batched materials will be required in all cases other than those in which it would obviously prove to be impractical as determined by the Engineer, in which case hand mixing is permitted.
Mixing shall be commenced as soon as possible after the cement is placed in contact with the aggregates, but in no event shall the intervening period exceed 30 minutes.
All concrete mixers shall be of such design and construction and so operated to provide a properly mixed concrete with uniform distribution of ingredients. Mixers shall be maintained properly and be in working order and not have any aluminum parts which will have direct contact with concrete.
201-2 REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE.
201-2.2.1 Reinforcing Steel. [Replace with the following]:
Unless otherwise specified, reinforcing steel shall be Grade 60 (400) billet steel conforming to ASTM A615/A615M. steel bending processes shall conform to the requirements of the Manual of Standard Practice of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. Bending or straightening shall be performed in a manner that will not result in the steel being damaged. Kinked bars shall not be used.
201-3 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER AND JOINT SEALANTS. In addition to the materials outlined in Section 201-3 of the Standard Specifications, the following materials are included under Expansion Joint Filler and Joint Sealants unless otherwise covered by specific bid item.
TP-3
201-3.2 Premolded Joint Filler. [Replace with the following]:
Premolded Joint Filler shall not be used.
201-3.4 Type “A” Sealant. [Add the following]:
Refer to the Standard Specifications. Contractor to utilize type “A” Sealant. 201-3.5 Type “B” Sealant. [Replace with the following]:
Type “B” Sealant shall not be used.
201-3.7 Type “D” Sealant. [Replace with the following]:
Type “D” Sealant shall not be used.
201-3.8 Type “E” Sealant. [Replace with the following]:
Type “E” Sealant shall not be used.
201-4 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS. In addition to the materials outlined in Section 201- 4 of the Standard Specifications, the following materials are included under Concrete Curing Compound unless otherwise covered by specific bid item. 201-4.1 Membrance Curing Compounds.
201-4.1.1 General. [Replace Paragraph 4 with the following]:
Type 2 shall be used.
201-7 NON-MASONRY GROUT.
201-7.2 Quick-Setting Grout. [Add the following]:
Set non-shrink grout manufactured by the Master Builders Co., Upcon Construction Grout manufactured by the Upcon Chemical Division of USM Corporation, 5-Star Grout manufactured by the Grout Corporation, Crystex Grout manufactured by L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc., or approved equal.
SECTION 203 – BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE.
203-6.4.1 Class and Grade. Asphalt hot mix shall be C2-PG64-10 for capping or finish course.
Feather join edges shall be made along straight lines by hand raking out all heavy aggregates prior to rolling to produce a smooth uniform surface. Compacted edge along gutter lip shall be 3/8 inch in height.
203-11 ASPHALT RUBBER HOT MIX (ARHM).
230-11.3 Composition and Grading. Asphalt-Rubber shall be Class ARHM-GG-C, Standard Specifications Section 230-11 Wet Process and Section 302-9.
TP-4
PART 3 – CONSTRUCTION METHODS
SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK
300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING.
300-1.1 General. [Add the following]:
Demolition and removal of existing turf, shrubs, groundcovers, weeds, rocks and excess soils (soil export) indicated on the Plans and Details. Scrape off finished grade and dispose of offsite. Execute temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures. All items noted for removal shall become the property of the Contractor unless otherwise noted.
All existing improvements, including those on private property, shall be protected in place. Any damage to and removal of these improvements shall be repaired and replaced by the Contractor at his expense.
All excavated material shall be immediately hauled away and disposed of outside the project limits. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages and claims that may arise as a result of this disposal.
In addition to the work outlined in Section 300-1, the following items of work are included under "Clear and Grub":
A. Providing clean topsoil and grading of parkways as directed by the Engineer to restore the parkway grades.
B. Replacement of damaged pipe curb drain, as well as the coring and/or reinstatement of pipe curb drains.
C. Protection or replacement of brick banding on driveway.
D. Protection of fences adjacent to and within the public right-of-way.
E. Relocation of existing signs and warning devices (City shall provide new poles as required.)
F. Painting new and repainting existing curb markings such as yellow, blue, white, green or red curb as well as curb addresses
G. Protect existing private/public irrigation systems, and repair irrigation systems damaged during construction.
H. Protection of all existing improvements (public or private), unless shown to be removed/relocated/adjusted as part of the construction. The Contractor shall repair or replace these items if damaged with new materials equal to the original or better, as required by the Engineer.
I. Protection of all utilities, walls, fences, hedges, buildings, concrete slabs, planters, and other private or public improvements not specifically shown to be removed as part of the construction. The Contractor shall replace these items, if damaged, with new material equal to the original or better, as required by the Engineer.
J. All complaints/claims resulting from reconstruction of concrete improvements will be forwarded to the Contractor. The complaint/claim will be fully rectified or the City will repair the item and deduct that amount from progress payment.
TP-5
300-1.3 Measurement. [Replace with the following]:
Clearing and Grubbing will be measured by the lump sum. 300-2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION.
300-2.1 General. [Add the following]:
Unless separately designated, unclassified excavation shall include saw cutting, excavating, loading, stockpiling, hauling, and disposing of surplus material to the depth indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. All removal of asphalt concrete, base material, debris, concrete, curbs, berms, pipes, structures, foundations, fences, and all other interfering items within limits of construction shall be removed and disposed of in the legal manner and will be considered part of Unclassified Excavation.
300-4 UNCLASSIFIED FILL.
300-4.7 Compaction. [Replace with the following]:
Unless otherwise specified, each layer of unclassified fill shall be compacted to a relative compaction of at least 95 percent.
300-12.1 Asphalt Pavement Removal. The edges of asphalt pavement remaining in place shall be sawcut and shall have clean, solid vertical faces. The edges of asphalt pavement broken during construction shall be resawn and removed before surfacing material is placed at the expense of the Contractor.
All edges shall be parallel or perpendicular to curb faces except cuts around objects shall be on a curvilinear cut, a maximum 4 inches departure from the straight cut every 2 feet.
The Contractor is responsible for inspecting each location prior to submitting a bid.
Excavation in the street section adjacent to concrete replacement shall be a minimum width of 1-foot and a minimum depth of 6-inches or 1-inch greater than the existing AC section if greater than 6-inches in depth.
Remove and replace defective concrete work with new materials. Permission to patch any defective areas shall not be a waiver of the Engineer's right to require complete removal of defective work if patching does not restore quality and appearance of work.
The Contractor may stockpile sand or clean fill dirt within the street, except arterial streets, between the curb and 8-feet out, for no longer than 72 hours in any one location with prior approval by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the fronting residence 24 hours prior to stockpiling any material. Said stockpile shall not block the flow line of the gutter and shall be barricaded with flasher-equipped barriers. The Contractor shall ensure that the street is swept clean upon vacating the stockpile site. No excavated or removed dirt or concrete may be stockpiled in any street overnight.
The Contractor shall remove all debris and perform all cleanup work to the satisfaction of the Engineer within 3 working days after forms have been removed at any location.
Concrete removed shall be replaced within five (5) days after removal. All restorations shall be completed a maximum of five (5) days after concrete placement (i.e. backfill, grading of dirt, asphalt repave etc.) One Hundred ($100) dollars per calendar day and TP-6
location shall be charged to the Contractor for failure to comply with the above schedule as required by the Engineer.
SECTION 302 – ROADWAY SURFACING
302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE (AC) PAVEMENT.
302-5.1 General. The Contractor shall establish designated asphalt truck routes and staging areas and shall communicate these routes and areas to truck drivers prior to the arrival at the job site.
This plan must be approved by the Engineer five (5) days prior to paving. 302-5.3 Prime Coat. Prime coat shall be applied to all subgrade surfaces prior to asphalt hot mix surfacing. The prime coat shall be Grade SC-250 liquid asphalt uniformity per Green Book requirements.
302-5.4 Tack Coat. Asphalt tack coat shall be applied to all existing asphalt surfaces prior to asphalt overlay.
Existing surfaces shall be cleaned utilizing a power sweeper and free of water prior to applying PG 64-10 or SS-1h asphalt tack coat per Green Book requirements. Tack coat shall uniformly cover all areas to be paved.
302-5.5 Distribution and Spreading.
BOTTOM DUMPING OF ASPHALT PAVING SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED.
302.5.6.2 Density and Smoothness. Failed areas shall be removed and replaced at Contractor's expense.
302-5.7 Joints. COLD JOINTS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE ENGINEER. COLD JOINTS PLACED WITHOUT APPROVAL SHALL BE REMOVED AT THE SOLE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR.
SECTION 303 – CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
303-1.9 Surface Finishes.
303-1.9.2 Ordinary Surface Finish. [Add the following]:
Ordinary Surface Finish shall not apply to rock pockets, which in the opinion of the Engineer, are of such extent or character as to affect the strength of the structure materially or to endanger the life of the steel reinforcement. In such cases, the Engineer may declare the concrete defective and require the removal and replacement of the structure affected. 303-5.5 Finishing.
303-5.5.2 Curb. [Replace paragraph 2 with the following]:
The face and top of the curb shall then be carefully troweled to a smooth and even finish; the top being finished to a transverse slope of 1/4 inch (6 mm) toward the gutter, with both edges rounded to a radius of 1/2 inch (12.5 mm). The troweled surface shall be finished with a fine-hair broom applied parallel with the line of the work. The edge of the concrete at all expansion joints shall be rounded to a 1/4 inch (6 mm) radius.
TP-7
SECTION 305 – MOBILIZATION
305-1 GENERAL
305-1.1 SUMMARY
A. Provisions of the General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 apply to this section.
B. Section Includes:
1. Mobilization shall consist of preparatory work and operations. It shall include, but not be limited to, the movement of personnel, equipment, materials and incidentals to the project site necessary for work on the project.
2. Mobilization also includes demobilization and any resulting clean-up effort necessary to turn over the park facility to the City of Gardena. 305-1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, current edition, as a minimum requirement.
305-2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
305-3.1 EXECUTION
305-3.2 WORK PREPARATIONS AND OPERATIONS
A. Mobilization shall include project overhead costs, including costs and fees for obtaining construction permits from the City of Gardena Building and Safety and/or permit riders as may be required by law, and for obtaining bonds, insurance and financing for the entire project prior to beginning work.
B. Mobilization shall include compliance with all water quality and air quality laws; furnishing all water required for the construction work; protection of utilities, trees, fences, walls, landscaping and other facilities; and the relocations as shown on the plans.
C. The Contractor is responsible for securing an adequate storage site for equipment and materials.
D. Contractor shall confine his operations and work area within the Rowley Park Property limits and Parking Lots. No encroachment into private property, into the Caltrans R.O.W. will be permitted without the prior written consent of the property owner / agency. Obtaining this consent will be the responsibility and the costs of the Contractor. Material shown on the plans or designated in the Special Provisions which is to be used in the reconstructed work and which has been damaged or destroyed as a result of the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired or replaced at the option of the Engineer by the Contractor at the Contractor’s sole expense.
TP-8
E. The Contractor shall provide personnel to keep the construction site in a safe condition at all times, including non-working hours.
F. A Construction Schedule shall be submitted at least ten (10) working days prior to commencing work. The proposed work shall be done in phases in order to provide parking spaces for employees and visitors. The contractor shall submit a phasing plan to the City along with a schedule for review and approval. All revisions shall be completed within three days after review by the City Engineer.
Requests for changes in the schedule shall be submitted by the Contractor to the City for approval at least three (3) working days prior to performing any work.
G. Mobilization shall include scheduling and phasing of the work per the requirements of the City. The Contractor shall coordinate all construction activities with the City’s Parks and Public Works Departments.
H. The Contractor shall have on the work site at all times, as his agent, a competent English speaking superintendent capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans, specifications, and other related documents.
I. Mobilization will be considered as included on other items of work and no additional payment will be made therefor.
305-3.3 CLEANUP
A. Remove rubbish, debris and waste materials and legally dispose of off the project site. Refer to demolition notes on Demolition sheets located in the Construction Documents.
PART 4 – EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS
SECTION 400 – PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
400-2 PERMANENT SURVEY MARKERS. The Contractor shall provide all surveying to complete the project and to replace any damaged monuments, benchmarks, ties, etc. All survey work shall be performed by a Land Surveyor registered by the State of California. Work shall be laid out and constructed so as to provide smooth profiles to adjacent improvements and drainage of all surfaces.
PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION, the Surveyor shall locate and provide ties for all existing centerline monuments and centerline ties. The Surveyor shall file a corner record of these monuments and ties with the County Surveyor. A copy of these corner records shall be given to the Engineer prior to start of construction.
AFTER CONSTRUCTION, all existing survey monuments and ties lost due to construction shall be reestablished by the Surveyor. A corner record of the monuments, benchmarks, ties, etc. established or reestablished shall be filed with the County Surveyor prior to the recordation of the Notice of Completion. A copy of the recorded corner records shall be given to the Engineer prior to final payment.
SECTION 401 - REMOVAL
401-3. CONCRETE AND MASONRY IMPROVEMENTS.
TP-9
401-3.2 Concrete Curb, Walk, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Curb Ramps, Driveway, and Alley Intersections. [Add the following]:
Concrete shall be removed to neatly sawed edges with saw cuts made through the entire thickness. Concrete sidewalk or driveway to be removed shall be neatly sawed in straight lines either parallel to the curb or at right angels to the alignment of the sidewalk. Removals and replacements shall be joint to joint, or as determined by the Engineer. Curb and gutter shall be sawed on a neat line at right angels to the curb face.
Concrete sidewalk construction shall include removal and disposal of existing interfering structures, tree roots, objects, soil, etc. Contractor shall remove and replace any inadequate existing base material with compacted CMB.
Any damaged utility boxes, traffic signal pull boxes, etc., shall be replaced. All boxes shall be adjusted to grade and all costs for this work shall be incidental and included in this item of work.
Concrete curb and gutter construction shall include removal and disposal of existing interfering structures, objects, soil, etc.
Curb & gutter to be replaced shall be installed at the same location as the existing on a straight grade across the limits of the replacement.
The Contractor shall regrade the area at the back of curb/gutter where the new curb/gutter is constructed at a different grade than existing curb/gutter. The graded area shall have a maximum slope of 3:1 and 2% in city parkways. Fill material, if required, for this grading shall be furnished by the Contractor. All landscaping and irrigation in the graded area shall be repaired The Contractor shall verify, with a “smart level”, that maximum ramp and sidewalk grades do not exceed maximum grades indicated on the project plans, when marking the required saw cut removal limits and when setting the concrete forms, prior to pouring any curb access ramp locations. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to supervise and utilize the proper experienced personnel to ensure that the proper saw cut limits are established for all access ramp locations and the Engineer shall not be responsible to direct the Contractor’s crews or otherwise serve in this management capacity.
SECTION 402 – UTILITES
402-2 PROTECTION. The Contractor shall provide coordination with all utility companies involved and shall provide protection from damage to their facilities. The Contractor shall be responsible for repair or replacement to said facilities made necessary by its failure to provide required protection.
The Contractor shall be solely responsible to check all utility record maps, books, and/or other data in the possession of the CITY, other agencies, and/or all utility companies, and no allowance shall be made for any failure to have done so.
The Contractor shall utilize the services of “Underground Service Alert-Southern California” for utility locating in all public right-of-ways by calling 811 or 1-800-227-2600 at least 48 hours prior to any excavation.
Underground lines that are potentially hazardous such as oil company lines, natural gas mains, and electrical conduits will be carefully located by the owner as provided in the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall take special precautions in determining the precise location TP-10
and depth of these structures and coordinate work with the utility to ensure that they will not be damaged by its operations.
PART 6 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL
SECTION 600 - ACCESS
600-1 GENERAL.
600-1.1 Public Convenience and Safety Access. The Contractor shall provide temporary “No Parking” and all other signs which are necessary for the safe and orderly conduct of vehicular traffic as directed by the Engineer and as specified herein. Contractor shall also provide an approval barricaded area in the parking lane for pedestrian traffic during such time as the parkway is unfit to be used for pedestrian traffic.
At such times as driveways are inaccessible due to the Contractor’s work, they shall be blocked by two (2) Class II barricades or one (1) Class II barricade and two (2) delineators. Driveways that are ramped or planked for temporary access shall be provided with a barricade or delineator at each side. The Contractor shall give 24-hour notice to affected property owners prior to blocking any driveway.
The Contractor shall provide access for refuse collection on the regularly scheduled days. He shall also facilitate or assist in the collection where such work is hampered by his operations. 600-1.2 Street Closures, Detours, and Barricades. The Contractor shall not close any street within the City of Gardena without first obtaining the approval of the Engineer. Barricading, traffic control and detour diagrams in connection with street closures shall be submitted by the contractor as required by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall provide and install barricades, delineators, warning devices and construction signs in accordance with the California Manual of Temporary Traffic Controls or W.A.T.C.H. Handbook. During adverse weather or unusual traffic or working conditions additional traffic devices shall be placed as directed by the Engineer. All traffic signs and devices shall also conform to the California Manual of Temporary Traffic Controls or W.A.T.C.H.
Handbook.
The Contractor shall provide and maintain Type II barricades along excavation edges parallel to the flow of traffic at a maximum spacing of twenty-five feet. Type II barricades mounted with flashers shall be installed around work areas in parkways. Type II barricades shall have alternating reflective orange and reflective white stripes at an angle of 45 degrees. The strip width shall be in accordance with Table 5-1 “Barricade Characteristics” “Manual of Traffic Controls for Construction and Maintenance Work Zones”.
During paving operations, barricades may be supplemented with minimum size eighteen-inch high traffic cones and delineators such that spacing between barricades and/or cones or delineators is no greater than twenty feet. Traffic cones and delineators used within State rightof-way shall be a minimum size of twenty-eight inches high. At all access points such as intersecting streets, alleys and driveways, barricades and/or cones shall be provided at five-foot intervals so as to prevent vehicular access to the paving area. Where access from an intersecting street is prohibited, a “Road Closed” sign shall be provided at the nearest prior intersection. “No Left Turn” signs shall be provided wherever required by the Engineer.
TP-11
When one-way access from a side street or alley is permitted, barricades and cones shall be provided at five-foot intervals for a distance of fifty feet on either side of the centerline of the intersecting street, or alley.
Should the Contractor fail to furnish a sufficient number of traffic and/or pedestrian safety devices, the Agency will place such necessary items and the Contractor shall be liable to the Agency for providing such devices in accordance with the following provisions:
1. For placing of barricades: $5.00 per barricade for the first day or any part thereof and $2.00 per barricade, per day, for each day thereafter or any part thereof. For flashers: $2.50 per flasher for the first day or any part thereof and $1.00 per flasher, per day, for each day thereafter or any part thereof. For traffic cones:
$1.00 per cone for each day or any part thereof.
2. In the event that the services of the Agency are required between the hours of 5:00 P.M. and 8:00 A.M., during the normal week or at any time on Saturday, Sunday or a Agency holiday, there shall be an additional charge to the above set forth minimums of $188.00 for each service trip required.
Contractor shall relocate, preserve and maintain the visibility of all existing signs within the project limits which affect the flow of traffic, as directed by the Engineer. Any signs which are damaged or found to be missing during the course of construction shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense as directed by the Engineer. All other signs that interfere with the course of work and are not necessary for the safe flow of traffic will be removed and replaced by the Agency. Traffic control signs include Stop Signs, Speed Limit, Parking Restrictions and other regulatory signs.
SECTION 601 – TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL FOR CONSRTUCTION AND
MAINTENANCE WORK ZONES
601-1 GENERAL. A minimum of two (2) lanes (one lane in each direction) shall be maintained at all times for a continuous flow of traffic, except as otherwise approved by the Engineer.
Lane closures shall be allowed between 8:00a.m. and 4:00p.m. only. No traveled lane shall be closed overnight without prior City approval. Access to private property shall be maintained at all times.
"Temporary No Parking" signs shall be posted no more than 100 feet apart at least 72 hours prior to work. The signs shall be mounted on either 1” x 2” X 3’ high wood stakes, Type II barricades, or 39-inch high delineators. Signs shall not be posted on trees, traffic signal poles, utility poles, streetlights, or any other street furniture. Signs shall be professionally made of moisture-resistant, heavy duty cardboard or other approved material. "Temporary No Parking" signs shall be maintained by the contractor at all times and shall be approved by the Engineer prior to posting. Cover existing street signs as directed by the Engineer. "Temporary No Parking" signs shall be implemented for one week only (M-F) at a time. Signs shall be removed and reposted each week as needed and approved by the City.
DURING PAVING OPERATIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE INDIVIDUALS AND EQUIPMENT DESIGNATED TO PERFORM AND MAINTAIN TRAFFIC CONTROL ONLY. The Contractor shall furnish, place and maintain all temporary traffic control devices required for the safe and orderly flow of vehicular and pedestrian traffic during construction. All Traffic control shall conform to the California Manual of Temporary Traffic Controls (California M.U.T.C.D.) or Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (W.A.T.C.H. Handbook).
TP-12
If traffic control measures are not in conformance with these provisions, the project shall be stopped until conformance is attained to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
At locations where excavations are left open overnight, flashing barricades shall be placed along the excavation at a maximum spacing of 20 feet. A minimum of 3 flashing barricades shall be placed at any one excavation.
Temporary striping will be permitted only on base course and pavement to be overlaid.
Temporary pavement markings to be placed on new asphalt shall be spaced at 25 ft maximum and shall be removable without damage to the new overlay. Method of temporary markings shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval at the preconstruction meeting.
The Contractor shall submit and obtain written approval of traffic control plans from the Engineer five (5) working days prior to implementing.
Temporary lane closures shall be allowed during working hours specified in these Technical Provisions. Temporary lane closures maintained beyond the normal working hours may have a negative economic effect on the local residential, commercial/industrial business, and traveling public. Unless the Contractor secures prior written approval from the Engineer to maintain temporary lane closures beyond the working hours allowed, the Engineer may deduct a fee from a progress payment or bond for each temporary lane closure maintained beyond the allowed working hours. The fee will be accessed at a rate of Five Hundred ($500) per each travel lane per each thirty (30) minute interval, or fraction thereof as required by the Engineer. In no event will work be allowed past 5 p.m.
PART 8 – LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION
SECTION 801 – INSTALLATION
801-4 PLANTING.
801-4.5 Tree and Shrub Planting. Tree species shall be 24” box (species as noted).
Payment for this item shall include the following:
A. All material and work for planting of the tree.
B. One-year maintenance period. If a tree requires replacement within the on year maintenance period, the new tree shall also have a one year maintenance period from the date of acceptance.
Note: Provide photos of actual trees with measurements prior to acceptance and delivery.
Trees shall be brought to the job site for final approval prior to planting. Rejected trees shall be removed from the job site immediately.
All trees shall receive root barrier a minimum 24” deep and a minimum of 15’ in length along paving. All trees and shrubs shall be planted per landscape details.
All soil shall be removed to a depth as indicated on the Plans and replaced with amended planting mix. Refer to planting notes on the Plan.
801-6 MAINTENANCE AND PLANT ESTABLISHMENT. Maintenance period shall be one year and shall commence after work has been completed and approved by the City of Gardena Council.
TP-13
All trees shall be guaranteed by the contractor for the maintenance period. Contractor liability shall cover cost of labor, equipment and materials to replace trees of similar size during the covered period.
END OF GENERAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
TP-14
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TP-15
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING CSI TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
Section 26 00 10 Basic Electrical Requirements
Section 26 05 19 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables Section 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Section 26 05 33.13 Conduit for Electrical Systems
Section 26 05 33.16 Boxes for Electrical Systems
Section 26 05 33 Identification for Electrical Systems
TP-16
SECTION 26 00 10 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. This section supplements all sections of this division and shall apply to all phases of work hereinafter specified, shown on the drawings, or required to provide a complete installation of electrical systems for the Project. The work required under this division is not limited to the electrical specifications and drawings. Refer to all bid documents including Civil, Architectural, Structural, and Mechanical documents which may designate Work to be accomplished. The intent of the Specifications is to provide a complete and operable electrical system, which shall include all documents that are a part of the entire Project Contract.
1. Work included: Furnish all labor, material, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation, skilled supervision necessary for, and incidental to, performing operations in connection with furnishing, delivery, and installation of the work in this division complete as shown or noted on the Drawings and specified herein.
B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
1. Refer to all sections in the general contract conditions, Contract Requirements and Division 1, General Requirements.
C.Work Installed but Furnished by Others:
1. The electrical work includes the installation or connection of certain materials and equipment furnished by others. Verify installation details. Foundations for apparatus and equipment will be furnished by others unless otherwise noted or detailed.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Guarantee See General Conditions:
1. Except as may be specified under other Sections in the specification, guarantee equipment furnished under the specifications for a period of one year, except for equipment required to have a longer guarantee period, from date of final completion. Guarantee all work against defective workmanship, material, and improper installation. Upon notification of failure, correct deficiency immediately and without additional cost to the Owner.
2. Standard warranty of manufacturer shall apply for replacement of parts after expiration of the above period. Manufacturer shall furnish replacement parts to the Owner or his service agency as approved. Furnish to the Owner, through the Architect, printed manufacturer's warranties complete with material included and expiration dates, upon completion of project. Conform to Division 01.
B. Equipment Safety: All electrical materials and equipment shall be new and shall be listed by Underwriter's Laboratories and bear their label, or listed and certified by a TP-17
nationally recognized testing authority where UL does not have an approval. Custom made equipment must have complete test data submitted by the manufacturer attesting to its safety.
C.Codes and Regulations:
1. Design, manufacturer, testing and method of installation of all apparatus and materials furnished under the requirements of these specifications shall conform to the latest publications or standard rules of the following:
a. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers - IEEE b. National Electrical Manufacturers' Association - NEMA c. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. - UL
d. National Fire Protection Association - NFPA
e. American Society for Testing and Materials - ASTM
f. American National Standards Institute - ANSI
g. California Electrical Code - CEC, Title 24, Part 3
h. California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Subchapter 5 i. California Building Code-CBC, Title 24 Parts 1 &2
j. State & Municipal Codes in Force in the Specific Project Area k. Occupational Safety & Health Administration - OSHA
l. California State Fire Marshal
m. California Fire Code- CFC, Title 24 Part 9
n. National Electrical Testing Association - NETA
2. The term "Code", when used within the specifications, shall refer to the Publications, Standards, ordinances and codes, listed above. In the case where the codes have different levels of requirements the most stringent rules shall apply.
D.Requirements of Regulatory Agencies:
1. Codes, Permits, and Fees: Where the Contract Documents exceed minimum requirements, the Contract Documents take precedence. Where code conflicts occur, the most stringent shall apply. The most stringent condition shall be as interpreted by the Engineer.
a. Comply with all requirements for permits, licenses, fees and Code. Permits, licenses, fees, inspections and arrangements required for the Contractor at his expense shall obtain the Work, unless otherwise specified.
TP-18
b. Comply with the requirements of the applicable utility companies serving the Project. Make all arrangements with the utility companies for proper coordination of the Work.
E. Shop Drawings:
1. See Division 01 for additional requirements.
2. Time Schedules for Submission and Ordering: The Contractor shall prepare, review and coordinate his schedule of submissions carefully, determining the necessary lead time for preparing, submitting, checking, ordering and delivery of materials and equipment for timely arrival. The Contractor shall be responsible for conformance with the overall construction schedule.
3. Submittals will be checked for general compliance with specifications only. The Contractor shall be responsible for deviations from the drawings or specifications and for errors or omissions of any sort in submittals.
4. Submit a complete list of materials and equipment proposed for the job, including manufacturers names and catalog numbers.
5. Shop drawings shall be submitted in completed groups of materials (i.e., lighting fixtures or switchgear). The Contractor shall add and sign the following paragraph on equipment and materials submitted for review. "It is hereby certified that the (equipment) (material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into the project; is in compliance with the Contract Drawings and specifications and can be installed in the allocated spaces". Failure to add the above written statement for compliance will result in return of submittals without review.
a. Bind catalog cuts, plate numbers, descriptive bulletins and drawings, 11" x 17" (275 mm x 435 mm) or smaller, in sets with covers neatly showing titles. b. The Contractor shall verify dimensions of equipment and be satisfied as to Code compliance for fit prior to submitting shop drawings for approval. c. Where current limiting devices are specified, submit technical data to substantiate adequate protection of equipment cascaded downstream.
Submittals shall not be reviewed unless supporting calculations and data are submitted therewith.
d. Include complete catalog information such as construction, ratings, insulation systems, as applicable.
e. For any material specified to meet UL or trade standards, furnish the manufacturers or vendor's certification that the material furnished for the work does in fact equal or exceed such specifications.
f. Reference listings to the specifications' Sections and Article to which each is applicable.
TP-19
g. Equipment Floor Plans: After approval of material is secured prepare a floor plan of each electrical and communication equipment space, room or yard, drawn to scale at 1/2 inch equals 1 foot and submit for approval in the same manner as for shop drawings. The layout drawings shall be exact scale.
6. Contractor shall prepare coordinated drawings when required by Division 01 or where noted otherwise.
F. Interpretations: The Contractor through the Architect must make Requests for interpretations of drawings and specifications. Any such requests made by equipment manufacturers or suppliers will be referred to the Contractor.
G.Standard of Quality
1. The contract Drawings and Specifications establish the “MINIMUM STANDARD OF QUALITY” each product and/or system must meet to be considered acceptable. Products of other manufactures will be considered if the product and/or system meet or exceed the “MINIMUM STANDARD OF QUALITY” established by this Contract Document.
2. Items for similar application shall be of the same manufacturer.
3. The label of listing by UL shall appear on all materials and equipment for which standards have been established by the agency.
4. Where codes as listed in Section General Requirement Section of the Specifications that establish label or approved requirements, furnish all materials and equipment with either the required labels affixed or the necessary written approval.
5. Provide the type and quantity of electrical materials and equipment necessary to complete Work and all systems in operation, tested and ready for use.
6. Provide and install all incidental items that belong to the Work described and which are required for complete systems.
7. All switchboards, distribution boards, panel boards and circuit breakers shall be of the same manufacturer.
8. All wiring devices such as switches and receptacles shall be of the same manufacturer.
H.Substitutions: Refer to Division 01
I. Submit comprehensive material list, shop drawings and complete technical data for the following equipment and materials:
1. General Requirements:
a. Main service and distribution switchboards.
b. Panelboards.
TP-20
c. Conduits
d. Conductors, include all selected insulation types.
e. Fuses
f. Disconnect switches and Starters.
g. Pullboxes, manholes and handholes.
h. Standard lighting fixtures, specially fabricated fixtures, ballasts and lamps, with samples and sample of standard finish available (where requested). i. Control devices, standard and special receptacles, switches, outlets and finish device plates.
j. Cabinets for signal and telephone system, special terminals and cabinets.
Include all cabinet dimensions.
k. Fire alarm system.
l. Transformers
J. Record Drawings: Refer to Division 01, Contract Closeout.
K. Work Responsibilities:
1. The drawings indicate diagrammatically the desired locations or arrangement of conduit runs, outlets, junction boxes and equipment and are to be followed.
Execute the work so as to secure the best possible installation in the available space and to overcome local difficulties due to space limitations. The Contractor is responsible for the correct placing of his work. Where conflicts occur in plans and/or specifications, the most stringent application shall apply and shall be part of the base bid.
2. Locations shown on architectural plan or on wall elevations shall take precedence over electrical plan locations, but where a major conflict is evident, notify the Architect.
3. In the event minor changes in the indicated locations or arrangement are necessary due to developed conditions in the building construction or rearrangement of furnishings or equipment or due to interference with other trades, such changes shall be made without extra cost.
4. Verify dimensions and the correct location of Owner-Furnished equipment before proceeding with the roughing-in of connections.
5. All scaled and figured dimensions are approximate of typical equipment of the class indicated. Before proceeding with work carefully check and verify dimensions and sizes with the drawings to see that the furnished equipment will fit into the spaces provided without violation of applicable Codes.
TP-21
6. Should any changes to the work indicated on the drawings or described in the specifications be necessary in order to comply with the above requirements, notify the Architect.
7. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of coordinated drawings when required by the Architect.
8. Replace or repair, without additional compensation any work which does not comply with or which is installed in violation of any of these requirements.
L. Installation General: For special requirements, refer to specific equipment under these requirements.
1. Unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the specifications, do all excavating necessary for the proper installation of the electrical work.
2. Locations of Openings: Locate chases, shafts and openings required for the installation of the electrical work during framing of the structure. Do any additional cutting and patching required. Cutting or drilling in any structural member is prohibited without approval of the Architect. Furnish all access panels to make all boxes, connections and devices accessible as required by CEC.
3. Location of Sleeves: Where conduits pass through concrete walls, suspended slabs or metal deck floors, install sleeves of adequate size to permit installation of conduit. Sleeves shall be installed prior to pouring of concrete and shall have ends flush with the wall or extend 2 inches above floor surfaces. Verify locations.
4. Wherever conduit extends through roof, install flashings in accordance with drawings and details.
5. Contractor shall be responsible for cutting and patching which may be required for the proper installation of the electrical work.
6. Protect work, materials and equipment and provide adequate and proper storage facilities during the progress of the work. Storage outdoors shall be weather protected and shall include space heaters to prevent condensation. Provide for the safety and good condition of all work until final acceptance of the work.
Replace all damaged or defective work, materials and equipment before requesting final acceptance.
7. Conduit and Equipment to be Installed: Clean thoroughly to remove plaster, spattered paint, cement and dirt on both exterior and interior. All underground conduits shall be mandrelled prior to pulling wire.
8. Conduit and Equipment to be Painted: Clean conduit exposed to view in completed structure by removing plaster and dirt. Remove grease, oil and similar material from conduit and equipment by wiping with clean rags and suitable solvents in preparation for paint.
TP-22
9. Items with Factory Finish: Remove cement, plaster, grease and oil, and leave surfaces, including cracks and corners, clean and polished. Touch up scratched or bare spots to match finish.
10. Site Cleaning: Remove from site all packing cartons, scrap materials and other rubbish on a weekly basis. Vacuum out all cabinets, switchgear and panels and junction boxes prior to pulling any conductors.
11. Electrical equipment and materials exposed to public and in finished areas shall be finish-painted after installation in accordance with the Painting Section. All exposed screw-type fasteners, exterior, or interior in restrooms, shall be vandalresistant spanner type; include tool.
M.Excavation, Cutting and Patching:
1. Excavating, trenching and backfilling required for the work of this Division in accordance with the applicable requirements of Division 2. Excavating and backfilling connected with electrical work, repaving cuts and providing and maintaining protective measures for the electrical work excavation required by the governing authorities having jurisdiction shall be performed as a part of the work of this Division.
2. Verify openings indicated on the drawings. Provide all cutting, patching and reinforcement of the construction of the building as required to install electrical work.
N.Tests
1. Equipment and systems for which the National Electrical Testing Association (NETA) has an approved or recommended procedure, shall be tested in accordance with that procedure. Test values shall equal values recommended by NETA. Copies of test reports shall be submitted as required under shop drawing submittals.
2. Resistance to ground tests shall be accomplished by a qualified independent testing firm to measure resistance to ground at grounding electrodes. Make tests before slabs or affected areas are poured in order that corrective measures, if required, may be taken. Submit a report showing the results of these measurements. If the resistances exceed values specified elsewhere or NETA test procedure recommendations, perform corrective measures required to reduce resistance to acceptable values.
3. Prior to energizing any motor, measure the service voltage for phase balance and report if unbalance exceeds 1% from mean.
4. Measure the three-phase voltage at no load and at maximum load conditions and submit to the engineer a report showing the results of these measurements.
5. Upon completion of the work and adjustment of all equipment, conduct an operating test. Conduct the test in the presence of an authorized representative of the Owner's Representative. Demonstrate system and equipment to operate in TP-23
accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents and to be free from electrical and mechanical defects. Provide systems free from short circuits and grounds and show an insulation resistance between phase conductors and ground not less than the requirements of the governing electric code. Test circuits for proper neutral connection.
6. Complete tests prior to final inspection of project, including corrective work based on the results of the tests.
7. Perform special tests on systems and equipment as specified herein using personnel qualified to perform such tests.
O.Protection: Protect finish parts of the materials and equipment against damage during the progress of the work and until final completion and acceptance. Cover materials and equipment in storage and during construction in such a manner that no finished surfaces will be damaged or marred. Keep moving parts clean, dry and lubricated.
P. Cleaning Up:
1. Upon completion of the work and at various time during the progress of the work, remove from the building all surplus materials, rubbish and debris resulting from the work of this Division.
2. Thoroughly clean switchgear including busses, apparatus, exposed conduit, metal work including the exterior and interior, and accessories for the work of this Division, of cement, plaster and other deleterious materials; remove grease and oil spots with cleaning solvent; carefully wipe surfaces and scrape cracks and corners clean.
3. Thoroughly polish chromium or plated work. Remove dirt and stains from lighting fixtures.
4. Leave the entire installation in a clean condition.
Q.Completion:
1. The work will not be reviewed for final acceptance until operating and maintenance data, manufacturer's literature, panel directories and nameplates specified herein have been approved and properly posted or installed and final cleaning of equipment and premises has been completed.
2. When the installation is complete and adjustments have been made, operate the system for a period of one week, during which time demonstrate that systems are completed and operating in conformance with the specifications.
R.Operating and Maintenance Data: Submit complete and at one time, prior to acceptance of the installation, 4 copies of manufacturer's instructions for operation and maintenance of electrical equipment, including replacement parts lists. As specified in Division 01
TP-24
S. Inspection and Acceptance Procedures: The Architect will submit observation reports periodically during the construction phase detailing Contract deficiencies. The Contractor is responsible for making corrections immediately. Notice of Completion of the project will not be made until all items have been corrected.
T. Final Completion of Electrical Systems:
1. Prior to Final Completion of operating electrical systems, the Contractor shall:
a. Provide materials of the type and quality specified and as necessary for proper operation, tested and ready for use.
b. Furnish the required Operating and Maintenance Data/Manuals. c. Clean up of the project pertaining to this Division of the work. d. After installation has been completed and adjustments made, operate the system for a period of one week, during which time, demonstrate to the Architect that systems are complete and operating in conformance with Contract Documents.
e. Conduct tests required and as specified in this Division and submit test reports and corrective actions taken.
f. Submission of warranties and guarantees.
2. Final Completion of Work Shall be Contingent On:
a. Contractor replacing defective materials and workmanship. b. Upon completion of work and adjustments made, Contractor shall conduct an operating test for each system for approval at such time as Architect directs.
Conduct test in presence of authorized representative of Architect and demonstrate that systems and equipment do operate in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents and are free from electrical and mechanical defects.
c. Contractor shall provide the necessary training programs and instructions to the Owner's representative. Number of hours shall be a minimum of four (4) hours for each system or days as required under separate Sections of these Specifications. Complete operation and maintenance manuals shall be provided at least two (2) weeks prior to training.
d. Submit copies of manufacturer's instructions and maintenance of electrical equipment including replacement parts lists. Each set shall include one set of shop drawings of equipment installed.
U.Submittals for Change Orders: When changes are made during the construction phase, deletions and additions shall be presented in a manner that will indicate the cost of each item of material and corresponding labor. Markup shall be then added in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions as modified by the Supplementary Conditions.
TP-25
V. The Contractor at a time convenient to the Owner shall provide instruction to the Owner's operating personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of all equipment and systems. The instructors shall have received factory training and shall be thoroughly familiar with the equipment installed. The operating personnel shall receive the number of days instruction as indicated in other sections.
1.3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Record Drawings: CAD: Use a computer aided drafting (CAD) system in the preparation of record drawings for this Project. Acceptable CAD systems shall be capable of producing files in AutoCAD Version 2004 compatible DWG or DXF format.
Owner's consultant will furnish CAD backgrounds for use by the Contractor after construction is 85% complete except where prohibited by Contract.
B. Record Set During the Work: At site, maintain at least one set of Drawings as a Field Record Set. Also maintain at least one copy of all Addenda, Modifications, approved submittals, correspondence, and transmittals at site. Keep Drawings and data in good order and readily available to Architect and Owner.
C.Changes: Clearly and correctly mark Record Drawings to show changes made during the construction process at the time the changed work is installed. No such changes shall be made in the work unless authorized by the Architect.
D.Final Record Drawings: Conform to Division 01 requirements.
E. Preparation of Final Record Drawings: Contractor shall transfer recorded changes in the work indicated on the Field Record Set to the record set. Changes shall be neatly and clearly drawn and noted by skilled draftsmen, and shown technically correct.
F. Approval: Prior to Architect's inspection for Substantial Completion, submit the Final Record Drawings to the Architect for review, and make such revisions as may be necessary for Final Record Drawings to be a true, complete, and accurate record of the work.
G.Manuals: Obtain data from the various manufacturers and submit instruction, operation, and maintenance manuals as required and to the extent required under other Sections.
H.At all times when the work is in progress, maintain at the workplace, fabrication shop or Project Site as applies, a complete separate, clean, undamaged set of the latest stamped, actioned submittals. As work progresses, maintain records of "as installed" conditions on this set in suitable ink or chemical fluid. Update the set daily. After successful completion of Project Site testing specified herein, and after completion of Punch List corrections, copy all records of "as installed" conditions on to originals.
I. Quantity:
1. Review sets:As for Shop and Field Drawings.
2. Record set:Refer to Division 01.
TP-26
J. Content: All drawings required under "Field and Shop Drawings". Show "as installed" condition. Where room designations according to Project permanent signage differ from construction designations in the Contract Documents, show both designations.
K. Warranty Certificates: Comply with Division 01.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 26 05 19 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL
4.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Single conductor building wire.
B. Wiring connectors.
C.Electrical tape.
D.Heat shrink tubing.
E. Wire pulling lubricant.
F. Cable ties.
4.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements.
TP-27
4.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM B3 - Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire 2013 (Reapproved 2018).
B. ASTM B8 - Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft 2011 (Reapproved 2017).
C.ASTM B33 - Standard Specification for Tin-Coated Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes 2010, with Editorial Revision (2020).
D.ASTM B787/B787M - Standard Specification for 19 Wire Combination Unilay-Stranded Copper Conductors for Subsequent Insulation 2004 (Reapproved 2020).
E. ASTM D3005 - Standard Specification for Low-Temperature Resistant Vinyl Chloride Plastic Pressure-Sensitive Electrical Insulating Tape 2017.
F. ASTM D4388 - Standard Specification for Nonmetallic Semi-Conducting and Electrically Insulating Rubber Tapes 2013.
G.NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015.
H.NEMA WC 70 - Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy 2009.
I. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems 2017.
J. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
K. UL 44 - Thermoset-Insulated Wires and Cables Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
L. UL 83 - Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
M.UL 486A-486B - Wire Connectors Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
N.UL 486C - Splicing Wire Connectors Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
O.UL 486D - Sealed Wire Connector Systems Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
P. UL 510 - Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene, and Rubber Insulating Tape Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
4.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate sizes of raceways, boxes, and equipment enclosures installed under other sections with the actual conductors to be installed, including adjustments for conductor sizes increased for voltage drop.
TP-28
2. Coordinate with electrical equipment installed under other sections to provide terminations suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.
3. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.
Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
4.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for conductors and cables, including detailed information on materials, construction, ratings, listings, and available sizes, configurations, and stranding.
B. Project Record Documents: Record actual installed circuiting arrangements. Record actual routing for underground circuits.
4.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
4.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store conductors and cables in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
5.1 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE APPLICATIONS
A. Do not use conductors and cables for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing.
B. Provide single conductor building wire installed in suitable raceway unless otherwise indicated, permitted, or required.
C.Nonmetallic-sheathed cable is not permitted.
D.Underground feeder and branch-circuit cable is not permitted.
E. Service entrance cable is not permitted.
F. Armored cable is not permitted.
G.Metal-clad cable is not permitted.
5.2 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
TP-29
C.Provide new conductors and cables manufactured not more than one year prior to installation.
D.Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring, connectors, etc. as required for a complete operating system.
E. Comply with NEMA WC 70.
F. Thermoplastic-Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 83.
G.Thermoset-Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL
44. H.Conductor Material:
1. Provide copper conductors only. Aluminum conductors are not acceptable for this project. Conductor sizes indicated are based on copper.
2. Copper Conductors: Soft drawn annealed, 98 percent conductivity, uncoated copper conductors complying with ASTM B3, ASTM B8, or ASTM B787/B787M unless otherwise indicated.
3. Tinned Copper Conductors: Comply with ASTM B33.
I. Minimum Conductor Size:
1. Branch Circuits: 12 AWG.
a. Exceptions:
1) 20 A, 120 V circuits longer than 75 feet ( 23 m ): 10 AWG, for voltage drop.
2) 20 A, 120 V circuits longer than 150 feet ( 46 m ): 8 AWG, for voltage drop.
3) 20 A, 277 V circuits longer than 150 feet ( 46 m ): 10 AWG, for voltage drop.
2. Control Circuits: 14 AWG.
J. Conductor Color Coding:
1. Color code conductors as indicated unless otherwise required by the authority having jurisdiction. Maintain consistent color coding throughout project.
2. Color Coding Method: Integrally colored insulation.
a. Conductors size 4 AWG and larger may have black insulation color coded using vinyl color coding electrical tape.
3. Color Code:
TP-30
a. 480Y/277 V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire System:
1) Phase A: Brown.
2) Phase B: Orange.
3) Phase C: Yellow.
4) Neutral/Grounded: Gray.
b. 208Y/120 V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire System:
1) Phase A: Black.
2) Phase B: Red.
3) Phase C: Blue.
4) Neutral/Grounded: White.
c. Equipment Ground, All Systems: Green.
5.3 SINGLE CONDUCTOR BUILDING WIRE
A. Manufacturers:
1. Copper Building Wire:
a. Cerro Wire LLC: www.cerrowire.com/#sle.
b. Encore Wire Corporation: www.encorewire.com/#sle.
c. Southwire Company: www.southwire.com/#sle.
d. Rome Wire and Cable.
e. Okonite Wire
f. Pirelli Wire and Cable
g. Carol Cable
B. Description: Single conductor insulated wire.
C.Conductor Stranding:
1. Feeders and Branch Circuits:
a. Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Solid.
b. Size 8 AWG and Larger: Stranded.
D.Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V.
E. Insulation:
TP-31
1. Copper Building Wire: Type THHN/THWN or THHN/THWN-2, except as indicated below.
a. Size 4 AWG and Larger: Type XHHW-2.
b. Installed Underground: Type XHHW-2.
5.4 WIRING CONNECTORS
A. Description: Wiring connectors appropriate for the application, suitable for use with the conductors to be connected, and listed as complying with UL 486A-486B or UL 486C as applicable.
B. Wiring Connectors for Splices and Taps:
1. Copper Conductors Size 8 AWG and Smaller: Use twist-on insulated spring connectors.
2. Copper Conductors Size 6 AWG and Larger: Use mechanical connectors or compression connectors.
C.Wiring Connectors for Terminations:
1. Provide terminal lugs for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with terminations designed for terminal lugs.
2. Provide compression adapters for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with mechanical lugs when only compression connectors are specified.
3. Where over-sized conductors are larger than the equipment terminations can accommodate, provide connectors suitable for reducing to appropriate size, but not less than required for the rating of the overcurrent protective device.
4. Copper Conductors Size 8 AWG and Larger: Use mechanical connectors or compression connectors where connectors are required.
D.Do not use insulation-piercing or insulation-displacement connectors designed for use with conductors without stripping insulation.
E. Do not use push-in wire connectors as a substitute for twist-on insulated spring connectors.
F. Twist-on Insulated Spring Connectors: Rated 600 V, 221 degrees F ( 105 degrees C ) for standard applications and 302 degrees F ( 150 degrees C ) for high temperature applications; pre-filled with sealant and listed as complying with UL 486D for damp and wet locations.
G.Mechanical Connectors: Provide bolted type or set-screw type.
H.Compression Connectors: Provide circumferential type or hex type crimp configuration.
TP-32
5.5 WIRING ACCESSORIES
A. Electrical Tape:
1. Vinyl Color Coding Electrical Tape: Integrally colored to match color code indicated; listed as complying with UL 510; minimum thickness of 7 mil ( 0.18 mm ); resistant to abrasion, corrosion, and sunlight; suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 221 degrees F ( 105 degrees C ).
2. Vinyl Insulating Electrical Tape: Complying with ASTM D3005 and listed as complying with UL 510; minimum thickness of 7 mil ( 0.18 mm ); resistant to abrasion, corrosion, and sunlight; conformable for application down to 0 degrees F ( -18 degrees C ) and suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 221 degrees F ( 105 degrees C ).
3. Rubber Splicing Electrical Tape: Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPR) tape, complying with ASTM D4388; minimum thickness of 30 mil ( 0.76 mm ); suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 194 degrees F ( 90 degrees C ) and short-term 266 degrees F ( 130 degrees C ) overload service.
4. Electrical Filler Tape: Rubber-based insulating moldable putty, minimum thickness of 125 mil ( 3.2 mm ); suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 176 degrees F ( 80 degrees C ).
5. Moisture Sealing Electrical Tape: Insulating mastic compound laminated to flexible, all-weather vinyl backing; minimum thickness of 90 mil ( 2.3 mm ).
B. Heat Shrink Tubing: Heavy-wall, split-resistant, with factory-applied adhesive; rated 600 V; suitable for direct burial applications; listed as complying with UL 486D.
C.Wire Pulling Lubricant: Listed; suitable for use with the conductors or cables to be installed and suitable for use at the installation temperature.
D.Cable Ties: Material and tensile strength rating suitable for application.
PART 3 EXECUTION
6.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather.
B. Verify that work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed.
C.Verify that raceways, boxes, and equipment enclosures are installed and are properly sized to accommodate conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70.
D.Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
E. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
TP-33
6.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean raceways thoroughly to remove foreign materials before installing conductors and cables.
6.3 INSTALLATION
A. Circuiting Requirements:
1. Unless dimensioned, circuit routing indicated is diagrammatic.
2. When circuit destination is indicated without specific routing, determine exact routing required.
3. Arrange circuiting to minimize splices.
4. Include circuit lengths required to install connected devices within 10 ft ( 3.0 m ) of location indicated.
5. Circuiting Adjustments: Unless otherwise indicated, when branch circuits are indicated as separate, combining them together in a single raceway is not permitted.
6. Common Neutrals: Unless otherwise indicated, sharing of neutral/grounded conductors among single phase branch circuits of different phases installed in the same raceway is not permitted. Provide dedicated neutral/grounded conductor for each individual branch circuit.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C.Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).
D.Installation in Raceway:
1. Tape ends of conductors and cables to prevent infiltration of moisture and other contaminants.
2. Pull all conductors and cables together into raceway at same time.
3. Do not damage conductors and cables or exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tension and sidewall pressure.
4. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant where necessary, except when lubricant is not recommended by the manufacturer.
E. Paralleled Conductors: Install conductors of the same length and terminate in the same manner.
F. Secure and support conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from raceways, piping, ductwork, or other systems.
TP-34
1. Installation Above Suspended Ceilings: Do not provide support from ceiling support system. Do not provide support from ceiling grid or allow conductors and cables to lay on ceiling tiles.
2. Installation in Vertical Raceways: Provide supports where vertical rise exceeds permissible limits.
G.Install conductors with a minimum of 12 inches ( 300 mm ) of slack at each outlet.
H.Where conductors are installed in enclosures for future termination by others, provide a minimum of 5 feet ( 1.5 m ) of slack.
I. Neatly train and bundle conductors inside boxes, wireways, panelboards and other equipment enclosures.
J. Group or otherwise identify neutral/grounded conductors with associated ungrounded conductors inside enclosures in accordance with NFPA 70.
K. Make wiring connections using specified wiring connectors.
1. Make splices and taps only in accessible boxes. Do not pull splices into raceways or make splices in conduit bodies or wiring gutters.
2. Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without cutting, nicking or damaging conductors.
3. Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector.
4. Clean contact surfaces on conductors and connectors to suitable remove corrosion, oxides, and other contaminates. Do not use wire brush on plated connector surfaces.
5. Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings.
6. Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended tools and dies.
L. Insulate splices and taps that are made with uninsulated connectors using methods suitable for the application, with insulation and mechanical strength at least equivalent to unspliced conductors.
1. Dry Locations: Use insulating covers specifically designed for the connectors, electrical tape, or heat shrink tubing.
a. For taped connections, first apply adequate amount of rubber splicing electrical tape or electrical filler tape, followed by outer covering of vinyl insulating electrical tape.
2. Damp Locations: Use insulating covers specifically designed for the connectors, electrical tape, or heat shrink tubing.
TP-35
a. For connections with insulating covers, apply outer covering of moisture sealing electrical tape.
b. For taped connections, follow same procedure as for dry locations but apply outer covering of moisture sealing electrical tape.
3. Wet Locations: Use heat shrink tubing.
M.Insulate ends of spare conductors using vinyl insulating electrical tape.
N.Field-Applied Color Coding: Where vinyl color coding electrical tape is used in lieu of integrally colored insulation as permitted in Part 2 under "Color Coding", apply half overlapping turns of tape at each termination and at each location conductors are accessible.
O.Identify conductors and cables in accordance with Section 26 05 53.
P. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section Firestopping.
Q.Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide final connections to all equipment and devices, including those furnished by others, as required for a complete operating system.
6.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.
B. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.2. The insulation resistance test is required for all conductors. The resistance test for parallel conductors listed as optional is not required.
C.Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective conductors and cables.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 26 05 26 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL
7.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Grounding and bonding requirements.
B. Conductors for grounding and bonding.
C.Connectors for grounding and bonding.
7.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. IEEE 81 - IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Grounding System 2012.
B. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015.
TP-36
C.NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems 2017.
D.NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
E. UL 467 - Grounding and Bonding Equipment Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
7.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Verify exact locations of underground metal water service pipe entrances to building.
2. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide steel reinforcement complying with specified requirements for concrete-encased electrode.
3. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.
Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
7.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for grounding and bonding system components.
B. Field quality control test reports.
C.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of grounding electrode system components and connections.
7.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
C.Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
7.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
8.1 GROUNDING AND BONDING REQUIREMENTS
A. Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing.
TP-37
B. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required components, conductors, connectors, conduit, boxes, fittings, supports, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete grounding and bonding system.
C.Where conductor size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified.
D.Grounding System Resistance:
1. Achieve specified grounding system resistance under normally dry conditions unless otherwise approved by Architect. Precipitation within the previous 48 hours does not constitute normally dry conditions.
2. Grounding Electrode System: Not greater than 25 ohms to ground, when tested according to IEEE 81 using "fall-of-potential" method.
E. Grounding Electrode System:
1. Provide connection to required and supplemental grounding electrodes indicated to form grounding electrode system.
a. Provide continuous grounding electrode conductors without splice or joint. b. Install grounding electrode conductors in raceway where exposed to physical damage. Bond grounding electrode conductor to metallic raceways at each end with bonding jumper.
2. Metal Underground Water Pipe(s):
a. Provide connection to underground metal domestic and fire protection (where present) water service pipe(s) that are in direct contact with earth for at least 10 feet ( 3.0 m ) at an accessible location not more than 5 feet ( 1.5 m ) from the point of entrance to the building.
b. Provide bonding jumper(s) around insulating joints/pipes as required to make pipe electrically continuous.
c. Provide bonding jumper around water meter of sufficient length to permit removal of meter without disconnecting jumper.
3. Metal In-Ground Support Structure:
a. Provide connection to metal in-ground support structure that is in direct contact with earth in accordance with NFPA 70.
4. Concrete-Encased Electrode:
a. Provide connection to concrete-encased electrode consisting of not less than 20 feet ( 6.0 m ) of either steel reinforcing bars or bare copper conductor not smaller than 4 AWG embedded within concrete foundation or footing that is in direct contact with earth in accordance with NFPA 70.
TP-38
5. Provide additional ground electrode(s) as required to achieve specified grounding electrode system resistance.
F. Bonding and Equipment Grounding:
1. Provide bonding for equipment grounding conductors, equipment ground busses, metallic equipment enclosures, metallic raceways and boxes, device grounding terminals, and other normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical conductors/equipment or likely to become energized as indicated and in accordance with NFPA 70.
2. --CHOOSE ONE OF THE TWO SUBPARAGRAPHS BELOW--
3. Provide insulated equipment grounding conductor in each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Do not use raceways as sole equipment grounding conductor.
4. Where circuit conductor sizes are increased for voltage drop, increase size of equipment grounding conductor proportionally in accordance with NFPA 70.
5. Unless otherwise indicated, connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper.
6. Terminate branch circuit equipment grounding conductors on solidly bonded equipment ground bus only. Do not terminate on neutral (grounded) or isolated/insulated ground bus.
7. Provide bonding jumper across expansion or expansion/deflection fittings provided to accommodate conduit movement.
8.2 GROUNDING AND BONDING COMPONENTS
A. General Requirements:
1. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
2. Provide products listed and labeled as complying with UL 467 where applicable.
B. Conductors for Grounding and Bonding, in Addition to Requirements of Section 26 05 26:
1. Use insulated copper conductors unless otherwise indicated. a. Exceptions:
1) Use bare copper conductors where installed underground in direct contact with earth.
2) Use bare copper conductors where directly encased in concrete (not in raceway).
C.Connectors for Grounding and Bonding:
TP-39
1. Description: Connectors appropriate for the application and suitable for the conductors and items to be connected; listed and labeled as complying with UL 467.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, use exothermic welded connections for underground, concealed and other inaccessible connections.
3. Unless otherwise indicated, use mechanical connectors, compression connectors, or exothermic welded connections for accessible connections.
PART 3 EXECUTION
9.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that work likely to damage grounding and bonding system components has been completed.
B. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
C.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
9.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).
C.Make grounding and bonding connections using specified connectors.
1. Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without cutting, nicking or damaging conductors. Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector.
2. Remove nonconductive paint, enamel, or similar coating at threads, contact points, and contact surfaces.
3. Exothermic Welds: Make connections using molds and weld material suitable for the items to be connected in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
4. Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings.
5. Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended tools and dies.
D.Identify grounding and bonding system components in accordance with Section 26 05
53. 9.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS except Section 4.
B. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.13.
TP-40
C.Perform ground electrode resistance tests under normally dry conditions. Precipitation within the previous 48 hours does not constitute normally dry conditions.
D.Investigate and correct deficiencies where measured ground resistances do not comply with specified requirements.
END OF SECTION
TP-41
SECTION 26 05 33.13 - CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
10.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC).
B. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
C.Rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit.
D.Conduit fittings.
E. Accessories.
10.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI C80.1 - American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC) 2015.
B. ANSI C80.3 - American National Standard for Electrical Metallic Tubing -- Steel (EMT-S) 2015.
C.NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015.
D.NECA 101 - Standard for Installing Steel Conduits (Rigid, IMC, EMT) 2013.
E. NECA 111 - Standard for Installing Nonmetallic Raceways (RNC, ENT, LFNC) 2017.
F. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable 2014.
G.NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit 2018.
H.NEMA TC 2 - Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit 2013.
I. NEMA TC 3 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing 2016.
J. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
K. UL 1 - Flexible Metal Conduit Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
L. UL 6 - Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit-Steel Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
M.UL 360 - Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
N.UL 514B - Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
O.UL 651 - Schedule 40, 80, Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and Fittings Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
TP-42
P. UL 797 - Electrical Metallic Tubing-Steel Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
10.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate minimum sizes of conduits with the actual conductors to be installed, including adjustments for conductor sizes increased for voltage drop.
2. Coordinate the arrangement of conduits with structural members, ductwork, piping, equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others.
3. Verify exact conduit termination locations required for boxes, enclosures, and equipment installed under other sections or by others.
4. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide roof penetrations that preserve the integrity of the roofing system and do not void the roof warranty.
5. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.
Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
B. Sequencing:
1. Do not begin installation of conductors and cables until installation of conduit is complete between outlet, junction and splicing points.
10.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for conduits and fittings.
B. Project Record Documents: Record actual routing for conduits installed underground and conduits 2 inch (53 mm) trade size and larger.
10.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
11.1 CONDUIT APPLICATIONS
A. Do not use conduit and associated fittings for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing.
B. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the conduit types indicated for the specified applications. Where more than one listed application TP-43
applies, comply with the most restrictive requirements. Where conduit type for a particular application is not specified, use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit.
C.Underground:
1. Under Slab on Grade: Use rigid PVC conduit.
2. Exterior, Direct-Buried: Use rigid PVC conduit.
3. Where rigid polyvinyl (PVC) conduit is provided, transition to galvanized steel rigid metal conduit where emerging from underground.
4. Where rigid polyvinyl (PVC) conduitlarger than 2 inch (53 mm) trade size is provided, use PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit elbows for bends.
5. Where steel conduit is installed in direct contact with earth where soil has a resistivity of less than 2000 ohm-centimeters or is characterized as severely corrosive based on soils report or local experience, use corrosion protection tape to provide supplementary corrosion protection or use PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit.
6. Where steel conduit emerges from concrete into soil, use corrosion protection tape to provide supplementary corrosion protection for a minimum of 4 inches ( 100 mm ) on either side of where conduit emerges or use PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit.
D.Concealed Within Masonry Walls: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
E. Concealed Within Hollow Stud Walls: Use electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
F. Concealed Above Accessible Ceilings: Use electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
G.Interior, Damp or Wet Locations: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit.
H.Exposed, Interior, Not Subject to Physical Damage: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
I. Exposed, Interior, Subject to Physical Damage: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit.
1. Locations subject to physical damage include, but are not limited to:
a. Where exposed below 8 feet ( 2.4 m ), except within electrical and communication rooms or closets.
J. Exposed, Exterior: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit.
K. Concealed, Exterior, Not Embedded in Concrete or in Contact With Earth: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit.
L. Connections to Luminaires Above Accessible Ceilings: Use flexible metal conduit.
TP-44
1. Maximum Length: 6 feet ( 1.8 m ).
M.Connections to Vibrating Equipment:
1. Dry Locations: Use flexible metal conduit.
2. Damp, Wet, or Corrosive Locations: Use liquidtight flexible metal conduit.
3. Maximum Length: 6 feet ( 1.8 m ) unless otherwise indicated.
4. Vibrating equipment includes, but is not limited to:
a. Transformers.
b. Motors.
N.Fished in Existing Walls, Where Necessary: Use flexible metal conduit.
11.2 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide all conduit, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway system.
B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
C.Minimum Conduit Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated:
1. Branch Circuits: 1 inch (27 mm) trade size.
2. Branch Circuit Homeruns: 1 inch (27 mm) trade size.
3. Control Circuits: 1/2 inch (16 mm) trade size.
4. Flexible Connections to Luminaires: 3/8 inch (12 mm) trade size.
5. Underground, Exterior: 1 inch (27 mm) trade size.
D.Where conduit size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified.
11.3 GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC)
A. Description: NFPA 70, Type RMC galvanized steel rigid metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 6.
B. Fittings:
1. Non-Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B.
2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron.
3. Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only. Threadless set screw and compression (gland) type fittings are not permitted.
TP-45
11.4 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT)
A. Description: NFPA 70, Type EMT steel electrical metallic tubing complying with ANSI C80.3 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 797.
B. Fittings:
1. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B.
2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron.
3. Connectors and Couplings: Use compression (gland) or set-screw type. a. Do not use indenter type connectors and couplings.
11.5 RIGID POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) CONDUIT
A. Description: NFPA 70, Type PVC rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit complying with NEMA TC 2 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 651; Schedule 40 unless otherwise indicated, Schedule 80 where subject to physical damage; rated for use with conductors rated 90 degrees C.
B. Fittings:
1. Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of conduit to be connected.
2. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA TC 3 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 651; material to match conduit.
11.6 ACCESSORIES
A. Conduit Joint Compound: Corrosion-resistant, electrically conductive; suitable for use with the conduit to be installed.
B. Solvent Cement for PVC Conduit and Fittings: As recommended by manufacturer of conduit and fittings to be installed.
C.Pull Strings: Use nylon cord with average breaking strength of not less than 200 poundforce ( 890 N ).
PART 3 EXECUTION
12.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).
C.Install galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC) in accordance with NECA 101.
D.Install PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC) using only tools approved by the manufacturer.
TP-46
E. Install rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit in accordance with NECA 111.
F. Conduit Routing:
1. Unless dimensioned, conduit routing indicated is diagrammatic.
2. When conduit destination is indicated without specific routing, determine exact routing required.
3. Conceal all conduits unless specifically indicated to be exposed.
4. Conduits installed underground or embedded in concrete may be routed in the shortest possible manner unless otherwise indicated. Route all other conduits parallel or perpendicular to building structure and surfaces, following surface contours where practical.
5. Arrange conduit to maintain adequate headroom, clearances, and access.
6. Arrange conduit to provide no more than the equivalent of four 90 degree bends between pull points.
7. Arrange conduit to provide no more than 150 feet ( 46 m ) between pull points.
8. Route conduits above water and drain piping where possible.
9. Arrange conduit to prevent moisture traps. Provide drain fittings at low points and at sealing fittings where moisture may collect.
10. Maintain minimum clearance of 6 inches ( 150 mm ) between conduits and piping for other systems.
11. Maintain minimum clearance of 12 inches ( 300 mm ) between conduits and hot surfaces. This includes, but is not limited to:
a. Heaters.
b. Hot water piping.
c. Flues.
12. Group parallel conduits in the same area together on a common rack.
G.Conduit Support:
1. Secure and support conduits in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 26 05 29 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
2. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other systems.
3. Installation Above Suspended Ceilings: Do not provide support from ceiling support system. Do not provide support from ceiling grid or allow conduits to lay on ceiling tiles.
TP-47
4. Use conduit strap to support single surface-mounted conduit. a. Use clamp back spacer with conduit strap for damp and wet locations to provide space between conduit and mounting surface.
5. Use metal channel (strut) with accessory conduit clamps to support multiple parallel surface-mounted conduits.
6. Use conduit clamp to support single conduit from beam clamp or threaded rod.
7. Use trapeze hangers assembled from threaded rods and metal channel (strut) with accessory conduit clamps to support multiple parallel suspended conduits.
8. Use non-penetrating rooftop supports to support conduits routed across rooftops (only where approved).
9. Use of spring steel conduit clips for support of conduits is not permitted.
10. Use of wire for support of conduits is not permitted.
H.Connections and Terminations:
1. Use approved zinc-rich paint or conduit joint compound on field-cut threads of galvanized steel conduits prior to making connections.
2. Where two threaded conduits must be joined and neither can be rotated, use three-piece couplings or split couplings. Do not use running threads.
3. Use suitable adapters where required to transition from one type of conduit to another.
4. Provide drip loops for liquidtight flexible conduit connections to prevent drainage of liquid into connectors.
5. Terminate threaded conduits in boxes and enclosures using threaded hubs or double lock nuts for dry locations and raintight hubs for wet locations.
6. Provide insulating bushings or insulated throats at all conduit terminations to protect conductors.
7. Secure joints and connections to provide maximum mechanical strength and electrical continuity.
I. Penetrations:
1. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members, including footings and grade beams, without approval of Structural Engineer.
2. Make penetrations perpendicular to surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
3. Provide sleeves for penetrations as indicated or as required to facilitate installation. Set sleeves flush with exposed surfaces unless otherwise indicated or required.
TP-48
4. Conceal bends for conduit risers emerging above ground.
5. Seal interior of conduits entering the building from underground at first accessible point to prevent entry of moisture and gases.
6. Where conduits penetrate waterproof membrane, seal as required to maintain integrity of membrane.
7. Make penetrations for roof-mounted equipment within associated equipment openings and curbs where possible to minimize roofing system penetrations.
Where penetrations are necessary, seal as indicated or as required to preserve integrity of roofing system and maintain roof warranty. Include proposed locations of penetrations and methods for sealing with submittals.
8. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 07 84 00.
J. Underground Installation:
1. Minimum Cover, Unless Otherwise Indicated or Required:
a. Underground, Exterior: 24 inches ( 610 mm ).
b. Under Slab on Grade: 12 inches ( 300 mm ) to bottom of slab.
2. Provide underground warning tape in accordance with Section 26 05 53 along entire conduit length.
K. Concrete Encasement: Where conduits not otherwise embedded within concrete are indicated to be concrete-encased, provide concrete in accordance with Section Concrete with minimum concrete cover of 3 inches ( 76 mm ) on all sides unless otherwise indicated.
L. Conduit Movement Provisions: Where conduits are subject to movement, provide expansion and expansion/deflection fittings to prevent damage to enclosed conductors or connected equipment. This includes, but is not limited to:
1. Where conduits cross structural joints intended for expansion, contraction, or deflection.
2. Where calculated in accordance with NFPA 70 for rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit installed above ground to compensate for thermal expansion and contraction.
3. Where conduits are subject to earth movement by settlement or frost.
M.Condensation Prevention: Where conduits cross barriers between areas of potential substantial temperature differential, provide sealing fitting or approved sealing compound at an accessible point near the penetration to prevent condensation. This includes, but is not limited to:
1. Where conduits pass from outdoors into conditioned interior spaces.
TP-49
2. Where conduits pass from unconditioned interior spaces into conditioned interior spaces.
N.Provide pull string in all empty conduits and in conduits where conductors and cables are to be installed by others. Leave minimum slack of 12 inches ( 300 mm ) at each end.
O.Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26.
P. Identify conduits in accordance with Section 26 05 53.
12.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion.
B. Where coating of PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC) contains cuts or abrasions, repair in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C.Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective conduits.
12.3 CLEANING
A. Clean interior of conduits to remove moisture and foreign matter.
12.4 PROTECTION
A. Immediately after installation of conduit, use suitable manufactured plugs to provide protection from entry of moisture and foreign material and do not remove until ready for installation of conductors.
END OF SECTION
TP-50
SECTION 26 05 33.16 - BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
TP-51
PART 1 GENERAL
13.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Outlet and device boxes up to 100 cubic inches ( 1,650 cu cm ), including those used as junction and pull boxes.
B. Cabinets and enclosures, including junction and pull boxes larger than 100 cubic inches ( 1,650 cu cm ).
13.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015.
B. NECA 130 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Wiring Devices 2010.
C.NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable 2014.
D.NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports 2013.
E. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum) 2018.
F. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
G.UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
H.UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
I. UL 508A - UL Standard for Safety Industrial Control Panels 2018.
J. UL 514A - Metallic Outlet Boxes Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
13.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment, or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70.
2. Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed.
3. Coordinate minimum sizes of boxes with the actual installed arrangement of conductors, clamps, support fittings, and devices, calculated according to NFPA
70. 4. Coordinate minimum sizes of pull boxes with the actual installed arrangement of connected conduits, calculated according to NFPA 70.
TP-52
5. Coordinate the placement of boxes with millwork, furniture, devices, equipment, etc. installed under other sections or by others.
6. Coordinate the work with other trades to preserve insulation integrity.
7. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide walls suitable for installation of flush-mounted boxes where indicated.
8. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.
Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
13.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for floor boxes and underground boxes/enclosures.
13.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
14.1 BOXES
A. General Requirements:
1. Do not use boxes and associated accessories for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing.
2. Provide all boxes, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway system and to accommodate devices and equipment to be installed.
3. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
4. Where box size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified.
5. Provide grounding terminals within boxes where equipment grounding conductors terminate.
B. Outlet and Device Boxes Up to 100 cubic inches ( 1,650 cu cm ), Including Those Used as Junction and Pull Boxes:
1. Use sheet-steel boxes for dry locations unless otherwise indicated or required.
2. Use cast iron boxes or cast aluminum boxes for damp or wet locations unless otherwise indicated or required; furnish with compatible weatherproof gasketed covers.
3. Use suitable concrete type boxes where flush-mounted in concrete.
4. Use suitable masonry type boxes where flush-mounted in masonry walls.
TP-53
5. Use raised covers suitable for the type of wall construction and device configuration where required.
6. Use shallow boxes where required by the type of wall construction.
7. Do not use "through-wall" boxes designed for access from both sides of wall.
8. Sheet-Steel Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1, and list and label as complying with UL 514A.
9. Cast Metal Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, and list and label as complying with UL 514A; furnish with threaded hubs.
10. Boxes for Supporting Luminaires and Ceiling Fans: Listed as suitable for the type and weight of load to be supported; furnished with fixture stud to accommodate mounting of luminaire where required.
11. Boxes for Ganged Devices: Use multigang boxes of single-piece construction. Do not use field-connected gangable boxes unless specifically indicated or permitted.
12. Minimum Box Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated:
a. Wiring Devices (Other Than Communications Systems Outlets): 4 inch square by 1-1/2 inch deep (100 by 38 mm) trade size.
b. Communications Systems Outlets: 4 inch square by 2-1/8 inch (100 by 54 mm) trade size.
c. Ceiling Outlets: 4 inch octagonal or square by 1-1/2 inch deep (100 by 38 mm) trade size.
13. Wall Plates: Comply with Section 26 27 26.
C.Cabinets and Enclosures, Including Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches ( 1,650 cu cm ):
1. Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E, or UL 508A.
2. NEMA 250 Environment Type, Unless Otherwise Indicated:
3. Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches ( 1,650 cu cm ):
a. Provide screw-cover or hinged-cover enclosures unless otherwise indicated.
PART 3 EXECUTION
15.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install boxes in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship) and, where applicable, NECA 130, including mounting heights specified in those standards where mounting heights are not indicated.
TP-54
C.Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70.
D.Provide separate boxes for emergency power and normal power systems.
E. Unless otherwise indicated, provide separate boxes for line voltage and low voltage systems.
F. Flush-mount boxes in finished areas unless specifically indicated to be surface-mounted.
G.Box Locations:
1. Locate boxes to be accessible. Provide access panels in accordance with Section Access Panels as requiredwhere approved by the Architect.
2. Unless dimensioned, box locations indicated are approximate.
3. Locate boxes as required for devices installed under other sections or by others. a. Switches, Receptacles, and Other Wiring Devices: Comply with Section 26 27 26.
4. Locate boxes so that wall plates do not span different building finishes.
5. Locate boxes so that wall plates do not cross masonry joints.
6. Unless otherwise indicated, where multiple outlet boxes are installed at the same location at different mounting heights, install along a common vertical center line.
7. Do not install flush-mounted boxes on opposite sides of walls back-to-back.
Provide minimum 6 inches ( 150 mm ) horizontal separation unless otherwise indicated.
8. Acoustic-Rated Walls: Do not install flush-mounted boxes on opposite sides of walls back-to-back; provide minimum 24 inches ( 610 mm ) horizontal separation.
9. Fire Resistance Rated Walls: Install flush-mounted boxes such that the required fire resistance will not be reduced.
a. Do not install flush-mounted boxes on opposite sides of walls back-to-back; provide minimum 24 inches ( 610 mm ) separation where wall is constructed with individual noncommunicating stud cavities or protect both boxes with listed putty pads.
b. Do not install flush-mounted boxes with area larger than 16 square inches (
0.0103 sq m ) or such that the total aggregate area of openings exceeds 100 square inches ( 0.0645 sq m ) for any 100 square feet ( 9.29 sq m ) of wall area.
10. Locate junction and pull boxes as indicated, as required to facilitate installation of conductors, and to limit conduit length and/or number of bends between pulling points in accordance with Section 26 05 33.13.
TP-55
11. Locate junction and pull boxes in the following areas, unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Architect:
a. Concealed above accessible suspended ceilings.
b. Within joists in areas with no ceiling.
c. Electrical rooms.
d. Mechanical equipment rooms.
H.Box Supports:
1. Secure and support boxes in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 26 05 29 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
2. Provide independent support from building structure except for cast metal boxes (other than boxes used for fixture support) supported by threaded conduit connections in accordance with NFPA 70. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other systems.
I. Install boxes plumb and level.
J. Flush-Mounted Boxes:
1. Install boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete, tile, gypsum, plaster, etc. so that front edge of box or associated raised cover is not set back from finished surface more than 1/4 inch ( 6 mm ) or does not project beyond finished surface.
2. Install boxes in combustible materials such as wood so that front edge of box or associated raised cover is flush with finished surface.
3. Repair rough openings around boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete, tile, gypsum, plaster, etc. so that there are no gaps or open spaces greater than 1/8 inch ( 3 mm ) at the edge of the box.
K. Install boxes as required to preserve insulation integrity.
L. Install permanent barrier between ganged wiring devices when voltage between adjacent devices exceeds 300 V.
M.Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 07 84 00.
N.Close unused box openings.
O.Install blank wall plates on junction boxes and on outlet boxes with no devices or equipment installed or designated for future use.
P. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26.
TP-56
15.2 CLEANING
A. Clean interior of boxes to remove dirt, debris, plaster and other foreign material.
15.3 PROTECTION
A. Immediately after installation, protect boxes from entry of moisture and foreign material until ready for installation of conductors.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 26 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL
16.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Electrical identification requirements.
B. Identification nameplates and labels.
C.Wire and cable markers.
D.Voltage markers.
E. Underground warning tape.
F. Warning signs and labels.
16.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 19 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Color coding for power conductors and cables 600 V and less; vinyl color coding electrical tape.
B. Section 26 27 26 - Wiring Devices - Lutron: Device and wallplate finishes; factory premarked wallplates.
16.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI Z535.2 - American National Standard for Environmental and Facility Safety Signs 2011.
B. ANSI Z535.4 - American National Standard for Product Safety Signs and Labels 2011.
C.NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
D.NFPA 70E - Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace 2018.
TP-57
E. UL 969 - Marking and Labeling Systems Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
16.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Verify final designations for equipment, systems, and components to be identified prior to fabrication of identification products.
B. Sequencing:
1. Do not conceal items to be identified, in locations such as above suspended ceilings, until identification products have been installed.
2. Do not install identification products until final surface finishes and painting are complete.
16.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for each product.
B. Shop Drawings: Provide schedule of items to be identified indicating proposed designations, materials, legends, and formats.
16.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
16.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install adhesive products when ambient temperature is lower than recommended by manufacturer.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
17.1 IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Identification for Equipment:
1. Use identification nameplate to identify each piece of electrical distribution and control equipment and associated sections, compartments, and components. a. Switchboards:
1) Identify ampere rating and name.
2) Identify voltage and phase.
3) Identify power source and circuit number. Include location when not within sight of equipment.
4) Use identification nameplate to identify main overcurrent protective device.
TP-58
5) Use identification nameplate to identify load(s) served for each branch device.Identify spares and spaces.
b. Panelboards:
1) Identify ampere rating and name.
2) Identify voltage and phase.
3) Identify power source and circuit number. Include location when not within sight of equipment.
4) Use typewritten circuit directory to identify load(s) served for panelboards with a door. Identify spares and spaces using pencil.
5) For power panelboards without a door, use identification nameplate to identify load(s) served for each branch device.Identify spares and spaces.
c. Transformers:
1) Identify kVA rating and name.
2. Service Equipment:
a. Use identification nameplate to identify each service disconnecting means.
3. Available Fault Current Documentation: Use identification label to identify the available fault current and date calculations were performed at locations requiring documentation by NFPA 70 including but not limited to the following. a. Service equipment.
b. Industrial control panels.
c. Motor control centers.
d. Elevator control panels.
e. Industrial machinery.
4. Arc Flash Hazard Warning Labels: Use warning labels to identify arc flash hazards for electrical equipment, such as switchboards, panelboards, industrial control panels, meter socket enclosures, and motor control centers that are likely to require examination, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance while energized. a. Minimum Size: 3.5 by 5 inches ( 89 mm by 127 mm ).
b. Legend: Include orange header that reads "WARNING", followed by the word message "Arc Flash and Shock Hazard; Appropriate PPE Required; Do not operate controls or open covers without appropriate personal protection equipment; Failure to comply may result in injury or death; Refer to NFPA 70E for minimum PPE requirements" or approved equivalent.
TP-59
B. Identification for Conductors and Cables:
1. Color Coding for Power Conductors 600 V and Less: Comply with Section 26 05
19. 2. Use identification nameplate or identification label to identify color code for ungrounded and grounded power conductors inside door or enclosure at each piece of feeder or branch-circuit distribution equipment when premises has feeders or branch circuits served by more than one nominal voltage system.
3. Use wire and cable markers to identify circuit number or other designation indicated for power, control, and instrumentation conductors and cables at the following locations:
a. At each source and load connection.
b. Within boxes when more than one circuit is present.
c. Within equipment enclosures when conductors and cables enter or leave the enclosure.
4. Use wire and cable markers to identify connected grounding electrode system components for grounding electrode conductors.
C.Identification for Raceways:
1. Use voltage markers to identify highest voltage present for accessible conduits at maximum intervals of 20 feet ( 6.1 m ).
2. Use identification labels, handwritten text using indelible marker, or plastic marker tags to identify circuits enclosed for accessible conduits at wall penetrations, at floor penetrations, at roof penetrations, and at equipment terminations when source is not within sight.
3. Use identification labels, handwritten text using indelible marker, or plastic marker tags to identify spare conduits at each end. Identify purpose and termination location.
4. Use underground warning tape to identify underground raceways.
D.Identification for Boxes:
1. Use voltage markers to identify highest voltage present.
2. Use identification labels or handwritten text using indelible marker to identify circuits enclosed.
a. For exposed boxes in public areas, use only identification labels.
E. Identification for Devices:
1. Wiring Device and Wallplate Finishes: Comply with Section 26 27 26.
TP-60
2. Use identification label or engraved wallplate to identify serving branch circuit for all receptacles.
a. For receptacles in public areas or in areas as directed by Architect, provide identification on inside surface of wallplate.
3. Use identification label or engraved wallplate to identify load controlled for wallmounted control devices controlling loads that are not visible from the control location and for multiple wall-mounted control devices installed at one location.
F. Identification for Luminaires:
1. Use permanent red dot on luminaire frame to identify luminaires connected to emergency power system.
17.2 IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES AND LABELS
A. Identification Nameplates:
1. Materials:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Use plastic nameplates. b. Outdoor Locations: Use plastic, stainless steel, or aluminum nameplates suitable for exterior use.
2. Plastic Nameplates: Two-layer or three-layer laminated acrylic or electrically nonconductive phenolic with beveled edges; minimum thickness of 1/16 inch ( 1.6 mm ); engraved text.
a. Exception: Provide minimum thickness of 1/8 inch ( 3 mm ) when any dimension is greater than 4 inches ( 100 mm ).
3. Stainless Steel Nameplates: Minimum thickness of 1/32 inch ( 0.8 mm ); engraved or laser-etched text.
4. Aluminum Nameplates: Anodized; minimum thickness of 1/32 inch ( 0.8 mm ); engraved or laser-etched text.
5. Mounting Holes for Mechanical Fasteners: Two, centered on sides for sizes up to 1 inch ( 25 mm ) high; Four, located at corners for larger sizes.
B. Identification Labels:
1. Materials: Use self-adhesive laminated plastic labels; UV, chemical, water, heat, and abrasion resistant.
2. Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed text. Do not use handwritten text unless otherwise indicated.
C.Format for Equipment Identification:
1. Minimum Size: 1 inch ( 25 mm ) by 2.5 inches ( 64 mm ).
TP-61
2. Legend:
a. Equipment designation or other approved description.
3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated.
4. Minimum Text Height:
a. Equipment Designation: 1/2 inch ( 13 mm ).
b. Other Information: 1/4 inch ( 6 mm ).
5. Color:
a. Normal Power System: White text on black background.
D.Format for Caution and Warning Messages:
1. Minimum Size: 2 inches ( 51 mm ) by 4 inches ( 100 mm ).
2. Legend: Include information or instructions indicated or as required for proper and safe operation and maintenance.
3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated.
4. Minimum Text Height: 1/2 inch ( 13 mm ).
5. Color: Black text on yellow background unless otherwise indicated.
E. Format for Receptacle Identification:
1. Minimum Size: 3/8 inch ( 10 mm ) by 1.5 inches ( 38 mm ).
2. Legend: Power source and circuit number or other designation indicated.
3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated.
4. Minimum Text Height: 3/16 inch ( 5 mm ).
5. Color: Black text on clear background.
F. Format for Control Device Identification:
1. Minimum Size: 3/8 inch ( 10 mm ) by 1.5 inches ( 38 mm ).
2. Legend: Load controlled or other designation indicated.
3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated.
4. Minimum Text Height: 3/16 inch ( 5 mm ).
5. Color: Black text on clear background.
TP-62
17.3 WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS
A. Markers for Conductors and Cables: Use wrap-around self-adhesive vinyl cloth, wraparound self-adhesive vinyl self-laminating, heat-shrink sleeve, plastic sleeve, plastic clip-on, or vinyl split sleeve type markers suitable for the conductor or cable to be identified.
B. Markers for Conductor and Cable Bundles: Use plastic marker tags secured by nylon cable ties.
C.Legend: Power source and circuit number or other designation indicated.
D.Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed text, all capitalized unless otherwise indicated.
E. Minimum Text Height: 1/8 inch ( 3 mm ).
F. Color: Black text on white background unless otherwise indicated.
17.4 VOLTAGE MARKERS
A. Markers for Conduits: Use factory pre-printed self-adhesive vinyl, self-adhesive vinyl cloth, or vinyl snap-around type markers.
B. Markers for Boxes and Equipment Enclosures: Use factory pre-printed self-adhesive vinyl or self-adhesive vinyl cloth type markers.
C.Minimum Size:
1. Markers for Conduits: As recommended by manufacturer for conduit size to be identified.
2. Markers for Pull Boxes: 1 1/8 by 4 1/2 inches ( 29 by 110 mm ).
3. Markers for Junction Boxes: 1/2 by 2 1/4 inches ( 13 by 57 mm ).
D.Legend:
1. Markers for Voltage Identification: Highest voltage present.
E. Color: Black text on orange background unless otherwise indicated.
17.5 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE
A. Materials: Use non-detectable type polyethylene tape suitable for direct burial, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Non-detectable Type Tape: 6 inches ( 152 mm ) wide, with minimum thickness of 4 mil (
0.1 mm ).
C.Legend: Type of service, continuously repeated over full length of tape.
D.Color:
TP-63
17.6 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS
A. Comply with ANSI Z535.2 or ANSI Z535.4 as applicable.
B. Warning Signs:
1. Materials:
2. Minimum Size: 7 by 10 inches ( 178 by 254 mm ) unless otherwise indicated.
C.Warning Labels:
1. Materials: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed self-adhesive polyester or self-adhesive vinyl labels; UV, chemical, water, heat, and abrasion resistant; produced using materials recognized to UL 969.
2. Machine-Printed Labels: Use thermal transfer process printing machines and accessories recommended by label manufacturer.
3. Minimum Size: 2 by 4 inches ( 51 mm by 102 mm ) unless otherwise indicated.
PART 3 EXECUTION
18.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install identification products to be plainly visible for examination, adjustment, servicing, and maintenance. Unless otherwise indicated, locate products as follows:
1. Surface-Mounted Equipment: Enclosure front.
2. Flush-Mounted Equipment: Inside of equipment door.
3. Free-Standing Equipment: Enclosure front; also enclosure rear for equipment with rear access.
4. Elevated Equipment: Legible from the floor or working platform.
5. Branch Devices: Adjacent to device.
6. Interior Components: Legible from the point of access.
7. Conduits: Legible from the floor.
8. Boxes: Outside face of cover.
9. Conductors and Cables: Legible from the point of access.
10. Devices: Outside face of cover.
C.Install identification products centered, level, and parallel with lines of item being identified.
TP-64
D.Secure nameplates to exterior surfaces of enclosures using stainless steel screws and to interior surfaces using self-adhesive backing or epoxy cement.
E. Install self-adhesive labels and markers to achieve maximum adhesion, with no bubbles or wrinkles and edges properly sealed.
F. Install underground warning tape above buried lines with one tape per trench at 3 inches ( 75 mm ) below finished grade.
G.Mark all handwritten text, where permitted, to be neat and legible.
18.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Replace self-adhesive labels and markers that exhibit bubbles, wrinkles, curling or other signs of improper adhesion.
END OF SECTION
TP-65
LED READERBOARD SPECIFICATIONS
TP-66
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DAKTRONICS CSI TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
Section 11 68 43 Double-sided LED Display
TP-67
Section 11 68 43 – Double-sided LED Display
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. LED message centers
B. Control software
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Standard for Electric Signs, UL and CUL Listed
B. Standard for Control Centers for Changing Message Type Signs C. Federal Communications Commission Regulation Part 15 D. National Electric Code
E. Designed to current UBC or IBC standards
F. FCC Class A Compliant
1.03 SUBMITTAL
A. The electronic LED display manufacturer shall provide a complete technical submittal within 60 days of contract award and shall not proceed with LED Matrix manufacture until the Engineer has approved the submittal.
B. Submit:
1. All LED display manufacturer qualifications, as specified herein.
2. LED display shop drawing.
3. LED display Riser diagram.
4. AC Site Power Requirements, including legs and Amps per leg.
5. LED display control software operator’s manual.
6. LED display installation and maintenance manual.
1.04 QUALIFICATIONS
A. LED Display Manufacturer shall:
TP-68
1. Have been in the business of manufacturing permanently mounted outdoor LED displays for a minimum period of 15 years prior to the contract bid date. An “LED” display contains pixels constructed solely of high-intensity discrete LEDs.
2. Have in operation a minimum of 100 large outdoor permanently mounted LED displays as defined above. Each of these LED displays shall have operated successfully for a minimum period of one (1) year prior to the contract bid date.
3. Have in operation, as of the contract bid date, a minimum of 100 outdoor LED display systems. All systems shall be owned and operated by five different agencies.
4. Have been in business under the same corporate name for a period of no less than 10 years prior to the contract bid date.
5. Provide a toll-free help desk number that will be staffed from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m.
B. Experience with manufacturing the following types of electronic sign products shall not satisfy the requirements of this LED display specification:
1. Indoor displays of any size or type
2. Back-lit displays
3. Any type of matrix display that cannot be programmed to show a nearly infinite quantity of messages
1.05 WARRANTY
A. Provide 5 years of parts coverage
B. Provide toll-free service coordination
C. Provide a toll-free help desk number that will be staffed from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.01 CABINET CONSTRUCTION
1. Display housing dimensions shall not exceed 119 inches tall by 240 inches wide. The front-toback housing depth shall not exceed 11 inches.
2. Display weight shall not exceed 2,190 lbs/143 kg.
3. Maximum display power shall not exceed 6325 watts when 100% of the pixels are operating at their maximum possible drive current.
4. Display shall operate from the following power sources: 120/240 VAC, 60 Hz single-phase, including neutral and earth ground.
5. Display shall operate in a minimum ambient temperature range of -40° to +120°F (-40 to +50°C) and to a 95% humidity.
6. Internal display component hardware (nuts, bolts, screws, standoffs, rivets, fasteners, etc.) shall be fabricated from stainless steel, aluminum, nylon, or TP-69
other durable corrosion-resistant materials suitable for the signage application.
7. Electrical display components shall be 100% solid-state.
8. The presence of ambient radio signals and magnetic or electromagnetic interference, including those from power lines, transformers, and motors, shall not impair performance of the display system.
9. The display shall contain a full LED matrix measuring a minimum of 180 pixel rows high by 375 pixel columns wide. The LED display shall display messages that are continuous, uniform, and unbroken in appearance.
A. Housing Frame
1. Display materials shall use non-corrosive materials or have a protective coating so they shall be anti-corrosive and not degrade or oxidize.
2. Adequate ventilation shall be provided through convection without the need to provide extra space around the sides or behind the display.
3. Steel mounting points that can be used for mounting purposes shall be provided with the display and have the ability to be adjusted for alternative mounting methods.
4. Shall include lifting supports that can be removed after installation.
B. Exterior Finish
1. The LED display border pieces shall be coated with an automotive-grade acrylic urethane paint.
C. Front Face Construction
1. To meet the display readability requirements, the front face must be constructed in such a manner that it provides high contrast, low sunlight reflection and durability in all weather and site conditions.
2. Minimum features of front face shall:
a. Provide UV resistance to prevent discoloring.
b. Include louvers for contrast enhancement.
c. Use surface materials in the active LED area, such as metal, plastic, or other face materials, designed for low sunlight reflectivity.
D. Serviceability
1. The display housing shall provide safe and convenient front service access for all modular assemblies, components, wiring, and other materials located within the housing.
2. All internal components shall be removable and replaceable by a single technician with basic hand tools.
TP-70
3. Service access shall be easily obtained by removal of one or more modules in front of the associated internal component.
4. Each module should allow simple removal with a single latch system.
5. Displays shall be designed with service features that minimize potential bodily harm.
2.02 DISPLAY COMPONENTS
A. LED display modules shall be constructed for good readability, long life, and ease of service. Each display module shall be constructed as follows:
1. Each module within the product family shall be designed with the same physical footprint of 12.48” x 15.59”.
2. All modules and their components shall be fully encapsulated and sealed to meet IP-67 standards.
3. An LED module shall consist of LEDs with all drive electronics mounted on a single Printed Circuit Board (PCB).
4. LEDs shall be auto-inserted in order to maintain quality and uniformity of the LEDs within each LED module.
5. All PCBs shall be wave-soldered to ensure uniformity, quality, and durability of all solder joints.
6. All PCBs shall be cleaned in a manner so as not to contain more than 2 parts per million contaminants.
7. Module signal and electrical connections shall be of the positive locking and removable type. Removal of a module from the display shall not require a de-soldering operation.
8. Data to the modules shall be redundant in that the signal can reach the module from multiple directions in the event of a loss in signal path from either direction.
9. All LED display modules in a single display shall be identical in construction and interchangeable throughout the display with the ability to be field calibrated.
10.All module rows shall include continuous louvers over the LEDs for sunlight shading and enhanced contrast.
11.Modules shall be individually attached to the cabinet frame.
12.Removal of one or more modules shall not affect the display’s structural integrity.
TP-71
13.The distance from the center of one line or column of pixels to the center of all adjacent lines or columns shall be 15.85mm both horizontally and vertically.
14.The failure of a single pixel, module or power supply shall not cause the failure of any other pixel, module or power supply in the display.
15.All modules shall have no less than a 140° horizontal half-intensity viewing angle and a readability angle of 160° horizontal.
16.The transition of the viewing intensity shall be consistent throughout the viewing cone.
B. Pixels shall be constructed with discrete LEDs, and these discrete LEDs shall conform to the following specifications:
1. LEDs shall be non-diffused, ultra-bright, solid-state light emitting diodes.
2. The red LEDs shall be constructed of AlInGaP technology and the green and blue LEDs shall be constructed of InGaN technology.
3. Each color of LEDs used in all LED displays provided for this contract shall be from the same bin.
4. LED half-life shall be an estimated minimum of 100,000 hours.
5. Display shall have a minimum intensity of 10,000 cd/m2 for RGB maximum light output, 4,500 cd/m2 for Red maximum light output, and 6,000 cd/m2 for Amber maximum light output.
C. Power Supply
1. All power supplies shall be regulated, auto-ranging AC to DC power, with protection for the LED pixel, LED display and driver circuitry in the event of power spikes or surges.
2. Each power supply and their connectors shall be fully sealed to protect from corrosive environmental factors meeting IP-67 standards.
D. Internal Wiring
1. Wiring for LED display modules and other internal components shall be installed in the housing in a neat and professional manner.
2. Wiring shall not impede the removal of display modules, power supplies or other display components.
3. Wires shall not make contact with or be bent around sharp metal edges.
4. All wiring shall conform to the National Electric Code.
E. The display shall be protected from electrical spikes and transients.
F. The manufacturer shall provide an earth-ground lug on the display.
2.03 DISPLAY PERFORMANCE
A. Display Capability
TP-72
1. The display shall contain a full LED matrix measuring a minimum of 180 pixel rows high by 375 pixel columns wide.
2. The LED display shall present messages that are continuous, uniform, and unbroken in appearance.
3. The LED display shall be capable of producing 281 trillion colors for RGB and 4096 shades of color for monochrome red or amber at all dimming levels.
4. Each display pixel shall be composed of one each – red, green, and blue LEDS or one red or one amber
5. The LED display shall be capable of displaying all true type fonts.
6. The display shall be able to display messages composed of any combination of alphanumeric text, punctuation symbols, graphic images, and pre-canned video files.
7. Video and message files shall have up to a 30 frame per second playback capability.
B. Controller
1. The display’s controller shall be able to run independently from a controlling computing device allowing the display to operate even when the controlling device is unhooked or turned off.
2. Communication protocol shall support other matrix products from the vendor such as other outdoor or indoor displays of varying sizes and/or colors.
3. Each controller shall be connected to a light sensor allowing each LED display to automatically adjust brightness according to display direction and lighting conditions.
4. The controller shall allow connection to a temperature sensor that provides accurate site temperatures.
5. Active presentations, stored presentations, schedules, display configuration, time and date shall be stored in non-volatile memory. No external power or battery backup will be required to maintain this data.
C. Control and Communications
1. The display controller should be DHCPenabled and allow for static IP addressing.
2. Each single-face display shall be controlled
and monitored by its own LED controller.
3. The LED controller shall be able to receive
instructions from and provide information by accessing the Venus Control Suite using the following communication modes:
a. Cellular Modem with Daktronics-Verizon
Lifetime Data Plan
TP-73
2.04 CONTROL SOFTWARE
Displays shall be controlled by the Daktronics Venus Control Suite or approved equivalent. Controls shall comply with the requirements as set forth in the Daktronics Digital Displays Solutions catalog.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
Mounting structure to be installed by contractor to support desired displays in all locations. Verify that a separate conduit is in place for power and data to display unless fiber is being used. Verify that all control equipment has access to 120 VAC.
3.02 INSTALLATION
1. Support structure design depends on the mounting methods, display size, and weight. The structure design is critical and should be done only by a qualified individual. It is the customer’s responsibility to ensure that the structure and mounting hardware are adequate.
2. It is the customer’s responsibility to ensure that the installation meet local standards. The mounting hardware shall be capable of supporting all components to be mounted.
3. All mounted displays must be inspected by a qualified structural engineer.
4. Possible power and signal entrances are designated by etched markings. Separate conduit must be used to route the power, signal in wires, and signal out wires.
5. Displays must be grounded according to the provisions outlined in Article 250 of the National Electrical Code. The display must be connected to earth-ground.
Proper grounding is necessary for reliable equipment operation and protects the equipment from damaging electrical disturbances and lightning.
END OF SECTION
F E B R UA RY 1 9 2 0 2 5 |
CITY OF GARDENA - ROWLEY PARK
READER BOARD SIGN
F E B R UA RY 1 9 2 0 2 5 |
CITY OF GARDENA - ROWLEY PARK
READER BOARD SIGN
F E B R UA RY 1 9 2 0 2 5 |
CITY OF GARDENA - ROWLEY PARK
READER BOARD SIGN
VAN NESS AVE.
City of Gardena
Gardena City Council Meeting
AGENDA REPORT SUMMARY
Agenda Item No. 17.A
Section: DEPARTMENTAL
ITEMS - RECREATION &
HUMAN SERVICES
Meeting Date: February 25, 2025
TO: THE HONORABLE MAYOR AND MEMBERS OF THE GARDENA CITY COUNCIL AGENDA TITLE: RESOLUTION NO. 6696, Approving the Renaming of the Freeman Park Baseball Field to Ichikawa Nippon Yakyu Field to Recognize the Long-Standing Relationship with our Japanese Sister City
COUNCIL ACTION REQUIRED:
Staff Recommendation: Discuss and Consider Adopting Resolution No. 6696 RECOMMENDATION AND STAFF SUMMARY:
On February 11, 2025, Mayor Tasha Cerda issued a directive to explore the renaming of Freeman Park’s baseball diamond in anticipation of the upcoming sister city visit from Ichikawa, Japan, planned for July 2025. The directive was seconded by Mayor Pro Tem Rodney Tanaka. The proposed name change aims to celebrate the long-standing relationship between the City of Ichikawa and the City of Gardena since 1963.
Both cities share a deep appreciation for the sport of baseball, and the new name would honor this shared passion while welcoming the youth from Ichikawa to participate in the game.
The proposed name, Ichikawa Nippon Yakyu Field, reflects Japanese history and language. "Nippon" is an English spelling of the Japanese pronunciation of Japan (Nihon), meaning "the origin of the sun," often translated as "Land of the Rising Sun." "Yakyu" is the Japanese word for baseball, combining the characters for "field" and "ball." By incorporating the Japanese language and culture into the name, it will resonate deeply with both local residents and visitors.
Therefore, it is recommended that the City Council discuss the proposed name change, if approved a dedication ceremony would be held in July 2025.
FINANCIAL IMPACT/COST:
There will be a minor fiscal impact associated with this action, which will consist of the installation of signage.
ATTACHMENTS:
Resolution_6696.pdf
APPROVED:
___________________________________
Clint Osorio, City Manager
RESOLUTION NO. 6696
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GARDENA,
CALIFORNIA, APPROVING THE RENAMING OF THE FREEMAN PARK
BASEBALL FIELD TO ICHIKAWA NIPPON YAKYU FIELD TO
RECOGNIZE THE LONG-STANDING RELATIONSHIP WITH OUR
JAPANESE SISTER CITY
WHEREAS, the City Council has considered a request to change the name of the Freeman Park Baseball Field to recognize and celebrate the long-standing relationship with the City of Ichikawa, Japan; and
WHEREAS, The City of Ichikawa, Japan established their Sister City relationship in 1963 and share a common appreciation for the sport of baseball; and WHEREAS, the change would highlight their upcoming visit in July 2025, which would welcome youth coming to the City of Gardena to play the beloved sport; and WHEREAS, the renaming of the Freeman Park Baseball Field would be in compliance with the Policy Guidelines for Naming of City Facilities established January 11, 2000.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GARDENA DOES FIND, DETERMINE AND RESOLVE AS FOLLOWS:
SECTION 1. The City Council of the City of Gardena, California approves the request and changes the name of Freeman Park baseball diamond to Ichikawa Nippon Yakyu Field; and
SECTION 2. That this resolution shall be effective immediately.
Docusign Envelope ID: FCF35F61-6139-44F1-A0C7-52B8E79BD04D RESOLUTION NO. 6696
BE IT FURTHER RESESOLVED that the City Clerk shall certify to the passage and adoption of this resolution of said City; and shall make a minute of the passage and adoption thereof in the records of the proceedings of the City Council of said City in the minutes of the meeting at which the same is passed and adopted.
Passed, approved and adopted this 25th day February 2025. ______________________
TASHA CERDA, Mayor
ATTEST:
_________________________
MINA SEMENZA, City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
______________________________
CARMEN VASQUEZ, City Attorney
Docusign Envelope ID: FCF35F61-6139-44F1-A0C7-52B8E79BD04D City of Gardena
Gardena City Council Meeting
AGENDA REPORT SUMMARY
Agenda Item No. 19.A
Section: COUNCIL ITEMS
Meeting Date: February 25, 2025
TO: THE HONORABLE MAYOR AND MEMBERS OF THE GARDENA CITY COUNCIL AGENDA TITLE: RESOLUTION NO. 6697, Designating Certain Members of the Gardena City Council to serve as Representatives on the South Bay Council of Governments Governing Board
COUNCIL ACTION REQUIRED:
Staff Recommendation: Adopt Resolution No. 6697
RECOMMENDATION AND STAFF SUMMARY:
It is respectfully requested that the City Council adopt Resolution No. 6697. The bylaws of the South Bay Council of Governments (SBCCOG) require that cities designate their delegate and alternate to the SBCCOG by way of a resolution from each member city.
Council considered the assignments of Gardena's Council Delegates and Alternates to Outside Committees at their February 11, 2025, City Council Meeting. At that time Councilmember Mark E. Henderson was approved as the Alternate, to the Governing Board of the South Bay Cities Council of Governments; Councilmember Rodney G. Tanaka is still serving as the Delegate.
Therefore, this resolution is prepared pursuant to SBCCOG's requirements and includes the names of those approved at the February 11, 2025, Council Meeting.
FINANCIAL IMPACT/COST:
N/A
ATTACHMENTS:
Resolution No. 6697-Designate Representatives to SBCCOG.pdf APPROVED:
___________________________________
Clint Osorio, City Manager